
Class _F^1D_ 
Book_,^CL-3- 
Copglit'N" 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSrr. 



American ^^ 
Colonial Handbook 



A READY REFERENCE BOOK OF FACTS 
AND FIGURES, HISTORICAL, GEOGRAPH- 
ICAL, AND COMMERCIAL, ABOUT . . 



CUBA, PUERTO RICO, THE PHILIPPINES, 
HAWAII, AND GUAM 



THOMAS CAMPBELL-COPELAND 

Of the Standard Dictionary Staff 



ASSISTED BY 

MARIA SOLTERA AND MAURICE MAGNUS 



FUNK & WAGNALLS COMPANY 

NEW YORK AND LONDON 
1899 



^ 



A3 



Copyright, 1899, by 

FUNK & WAGNAI^IyS COMPANY 

[Registered at Stationers' Hall, England] 

PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES 



f( MAP. 2 7 1839 




% 



y^ 






<^» 



PREFACE. 

The object of the American Colonial Handbook 
is to present, interestingly, on an original plan, and 
within a convenient limit of size and space, a bird's- 
eye view of territory ceded or annexed to the United 
States during 1898, or at present in the safe keep- 
ing of the United States military and naval forces. 

The most reliable of the world's authorities have 
been consulted and compared for historical, geo- 
graphical, and general data. There is a responsible 
authority behind every statement made, every an- 
swer given. Random or hearsay assertions find no 
place, knowingly, within any of the sections. 

Numerous historical facts appear now, for the first 
time, in English. This is also true of much informa- 
tion under various other headings. The best cyclo- 
pedic^^orks of continental Europe yield important 
historical and geographical data unobtainable from 
any ofher source. A list of authorities in English 
and other languages will be found at the end of each 
section. 

To Maria Soltera (Miss Mary Lester), and Mr. 

Maurice Magnus, whose hearty cooperation has been 

continuous during the preparation of this book, 

great credit is due for skilful, conscientious, thorough 

labor in the several branches of investigation. Their 

invaluable aid as translators and compilers, and their 

good judgment in all matters pertaining to general 

research and classification, have contributed largely 

toward securing what, it is hoped, will prove to be 

satisfactory results. 

T. C.-C. 
New York, March, 1369. 



THE PEACE TREATY. 

SYNOPSIS OP ITS PROVISIONS WITH REFERENCE TO 
RELINQUISHMENT AND CESSION OF TERRITORY. 

1. Spain renounces all right of sovereignty over 
Cuba. 

2. Spain cedes to the United States the island of 
Puerto Rico, and the othe*r islands now under her 
sovereignty in the West Indies, also the island of 
Guam, in the archipelago of the Marianas or 
Ladrones. 

3. Spain cedes to the United States the archipel- 
ago known as the Philippine Islands, which comprise 
the islands situated between the following lines: 

A line which runs west to east near the 20th par- 
allel of north latitude, across the center of the navi- 
gable canal of Bachi, from the 118th to the 127th 
degrees of longitude east of Greenwich. 

From here to the width of the 127th degree of lon- 
gitude east to parallel 4 degrees 45 minutes of north 
latitude. 

From here following the parallel of north latitude 
4 degrees 45 minutes to its intersection with the 
meridian of longitude 119 degrees 35 minutes east 
from Greenwich. 

From here following the meridian of 119 degrees 
35 minutes east to the parallel of latitude 7 degrees 
40 minutes north. 

From here following the parallel of 7 degrees 40 
minutes north to its intersection with 116 degrees 
longitude east. 

From here along a straight line to the intersection 
of the 10th parallel of latitude north with the 118th 
meridian east. 

From here following the 118th meridian to the 
points whence began this demarcation. 



American 
Colonial Handbook 



ECTION 1 

CUBA. 



HISTORICAIi. 

The island was discovered by Christopher Columbus 
October 27, 1492. The natives called it Cuba, but Colum- 
bus named it Juana, in honor of Don Juan, the son of 
Ferdinand and Isabella of Spain. Altho he visited the 
island on several occasions, Columbus to the last believed 
that it formed a part of a large continent. 

In 1508, Nicolas of Ovando, governor of the island, com- 
missioned Sebastian of Ocampo, by special mandate 
from the court of Spain, to survey the coasts of Cuba. 
This being effected, it was conceded that the island was 
worthy of being made a colony by reason of its excellent 
situation and the safety of its ports. 

A desirable harbor was selected as a repairing dock, 
and called Carenas, from the Spanish carenar, to repair. 
This is now known as the port of Havana. 

In 1511, Don Diego Columbus, son of the discoverer, 
undertook the conquest of the island and the establish- 
ment of a colony within it. He gave the command of 
the expedition and of the troops to Diego Velasquez, one 
of the fellow-voyagers of his father. This invading force 
exceeded three hundred men. An occupation was 
effected, as the natives were unable to resist firearms. 

Many Indians, refusing to live under Spanish rule, fled 
to the western extremity of the island. Among these 
was the Cacique Hatuey, almost the only opponent of 
the Spanish expedition, when it disembarked in the 
port of Palmas, close to Cape Maysi. 

Hatuey attacked the invaders. His forces were 
defeated and dispersed, and he was taken prisoner. 
Velasquez, following the custom of the time, regarded 
his captive as a rebellious slave and condemned him to 
the flames. 



DISCOVERY 
OF CUBA 



CONQUEST 
BY SPAIN 



O CUBA. 

Apart from this deed, the administration of Velasquez 
produced satisfactory results in Cuba. Historians agree 
m recognizing his great administrative ability. It was 
EXPLORA "°'^^'' ^'^ '''''^^''^ ^^""^ *^^ '^^^^d ^'as explored by 
TION OF THE ^''''^^'''^^ Narvaez and Bartolome de las Casas, after- 
ISLAND '''''''^ ^'"'^''P ""^ Chiapas. These commissioners esti- 
mated the population at that time to be 200,000. They 
reported that nine of the provinces were governed by 
caciques, and that the majority of the dweUings were 
composed of guano. 
In 1514, with the object of peopling the country, Velas- 
FOUNDING T^"" created the towns of Santiago, Trinidad, Puerto 
OF CITIES ^"°^^P^' ^°d Sancti Spiritus, and, a year later, the port 
of San Cristobal de Habana. In 1524-the year in which 
Velasquez died— Africans were imported into Cuba. 

It was not, however, until 1547 that extensive busi- 
ness was transacted in Cuba. With the object of 
employing negro labor, the exploitation of the copper 
mines of Escambray and others was undertaken. 

The natural indolence of the natives, however, to- 
gether with the invasion of pirates attracted by the 
reputation of the excellent copper— which, for a while, 
was exported to Spain at the rate of 2, 000 quintals yearly 
—entirely closed this industry. 

In 1535, the first sugar refinery was established at 
Havana; another in Guaicanama (now Regla) in 1598, and 
others in Cidra and Canemar in 1646. 

The provinces of the island were, at this time, organ- 
ized partly by means of grants made to the colonists by 
FOUNDING oF^<^^®^^ors Las Casas, Vasco-Porcays, and others; but 
PROVINCES ^^® majority were gifts of land which, under the name 
of Mercedes, were accorded to settlers by municipal 
councils. 

The profits of the land were at that time conceded to 
the colonists as a sole privilege; but in 1819 the holders 
of these Mercedes became entire proprietors of the soil 
they occupied. The estate hacienda Guanamon, in 1552, 
and those of Jumento and Manicaraga, in 1556, were the 
first lands acquired by the Mercedes grants. In 1729 
such grants where entirely prohibited. 

In 1538, the island suffered greatly from invasions of 

buccaneers, who, incited by greed, overran with fire and 

sword the Spanish possessions in America. The majority 

DESTRUC- of these were Dutch, French, and English. Their plan 

TION OF was to seize territory and place it under the protection 

HAVANA of the country to which they belonged. They made a 

concerted movement on Havana, invaded the city, and 

reduced it to ashes. 

The governor of Cuba, Don Hernando Soto, left the 



HISTORICAL. 



city, placing Don Bartolom6 Ortiz in command. The 
bVossom of the island suffered severely under Hernando 
Soto's rule, and by 1560, all Indians were exterminated 
De Soto, in 1539, left the province on an expedition to 
Florida, appointing his wife, Inez de Bobadilla, as his 
heutenant, and associating with her as colleague, Juan 

%he^?onstruction of the castle of La Fuerza was 
begun during the same year. It was completed m 
1544 In 1589, Don Juan de Tejeda, the first captam 
general of the island, was installed, with residence at 

Havana. •, ^ i, ^„^ 

About this time the planting of sugar and tobacco 
became an important industry in the neighborhood of 
Havana. Tobacco, however, had been much cultivated 
in the middle of the previous century at Santiago de las 

^T^e ' island was still disturbed by the invasion of 
pirates, and although, in 1604, the aggressive buccaneer 
Gironhad been apprehended and slain by the mhabi- 
tants of the little town of Yara, this by no means put an 
end to the depredations of adventurers. 

The French pirate, L'Olonois, in 1658, decapitated 
ninety-six men who had been sent in a boat to capture 
him Morgan, on another occasion, sacked Puerto 
Principe. Lord Windsor, in 1662, attacked Santiago de 
Cuba, destroying the edifice know as '' Alto de Asuno.'' 
In 1693, Matanzas was founded, and was peopled at 
first by families from the Canary Islands. Durmg the 
same year, in 1693, the construction of vessels of war 
was commenced, and in 1772, 125 were completed, two of 
which mounted 120 guns. 

In 1741 Vernon disembarked in the bay of Guantanamo 
(to which he gave the name of Cumberland); but this 
invader, in the attempt to capture Cuba, was compelled 
to re-embark with great loss. 

In 1748, in the district of Wajay, the first coffee plan- 
tation was laid out. The seeds of the plant were brought 
to the island from San Domingo by Don Jose Antonio 
Gelabert; but it is said that the plant was introduced by 
French emigrants at the end of the past century. 

Printing was introduced into Santiago de Cuba m 1695, 
and into Havana in 1727. The Royal University of 
Havana was founded in 1728. 

In June, 1762, an English fleet laid siege to Havana. 
An heroic defense was made, but two months later the 
English took possession of the town, and forced capitu- 
lation. Their domination did not extend over the whole 
island, but extended only over Matanzas and Mariel. 



SUGAR AND 
TOBACCO 
PLANTING 



BUILDING OF 

WAR 

VESSELS 



ENGLISH 
CAPTURE 
HAVANA 



CUBA. 



During the siege and attack, the governor of Havana 
Juan de Prado de Porto-Carrero, defended his posTon 
with distinguished valor. He died as a result"^ of h" 
wounds. At the same time his second in command the 
Marquis Gonzalez, and many others, were killed ' " 
tZL^^flf occupation continued nine months. In 
the tieaty of peace celebrated in Paris between Eng- 

and, France, and Spain on the 10th of February, im 

CHANGED !,^^ .island was returned to Spain in exchange for 
5R FLORIDA ^^^.^^d^- On the 30th of the following July CounfRiJa 
arrived as a chief commissioner, bringing with hfnf tto 
thousand troops, commanded by General A. O^eiUy 

Emigrants from Florida arrived in 1793, and in 1795 

French emigrants reached Cuba from San Domingo To 

he latter the island is indebted for the introrcUon o? 

theCastihan bee, which produces the celebrated white 



CUBA EX- 
CHANGED 
FOR FLORIDA 



wax. 



In 1773 the first newspaper was published in Havana 
entiUed the Havana Gazette. In 1793, the PapTS 
^wcUco was issued, which afterwards was known as the 

Court !?' f ";.^^^°^ "^^« ^^-^d«d into bishoprics, and the 

the ""fil^J '^^ ^^'^''^ P^"^°^ ^^ ^^^"^ ^^^^y y^^rS' between 
the first newspaper issue and the establishment of 
oo^^» bishoprics, many marked advances were introduced in 

PROGRESS the civilization of Cuba. Greater order prevaHed'n the 
OF cmuZA- conduct of the government and of the'poTi^rs "ee^^^ 
TION were named and numbered; theaters were well lighted 

public libraries were opened, and many benevolent 
socxeties were organized and supported. Several scien- 
tific explorations were also undertaken 

The declaration of the freedom of mountains and 
plantations m 1815; the liberty of cultivation of tobacco 
withou tax, and the abolition, in 1817, of trade in slaves 
were a 1 steps conducive to the prosperity of the island ' 
in 1819, as stated above, the holders of the Mercedes 
grants became lawful proprietors of their lands- the 
first steamboat appeared, and a philharmonic society 
was established. ^ 

The publication of a statistical chart and a topo- 
graphical map of the island in the years 1827 and 1829 
DISCONTENT Proved of immense assistance in exploiting the re 
BREEDS sources of Cuba; but the increasing fame of its wealth 
REBELLION inundated the country with adventurers from all parts 
of the earth, and the heavy taxation imposed by the 
mother country led to complaint and distrust, which 
year by year steadily developed into open rebeUion 



J 



HISTORICAL. 



In 1845, the Senate at Washington discussed the pur- 
chase of the island of Cuba. In 1846, an American UNITED 
Smpany was formed to buy Cuba for |200,000,CK)0 STATES CON- 
cornel White gathered 1,500 men to free the island with TEMPLATES 
the aid of the Cuban Creoles. The Federal government PURCHASE 

interfered. „ , 

Under Narciso Lopez, a Venezuelan, who formerly 
fought in the Spanish army against Bolivia and, who, in 
1823 had followed the Spaniards as captain to Cuba, and 
later had fought in Spain against the Carlists, the 
" Junta promovedera de los inter eses politicos de Cuba 
was formed. Lopez had previously been elected to the 
Cortes and received the governorship of Trmidad 
through the influence of Espartero, but lost this latter 
appointment at the downfall of his patron. 

Then he planned an insurrectionary movement m 
Cuba, but was betrayed and fled to North Anierica. 
Here, in conjunction with American military officials 
and the Junta promovedera de los intereses politicos de 
Cuba, he organized an expedition against Cuba. 

Knowing the island as a former Spanish soldier, Lopez 
landed with 600 men at Cardenas, May 19th, 1850, but 
was obliged to retreat. On his arrival again in the LANDING OF 
United States he was arrested and tried at both LOPEZ 
Savannah and New Orleans. On both occasions this 
brave adventurer was acquitted. 

He reorganized a second expedition of 453 men which 
started August 3, 1851, for Playtas, west of Bahia Honda, 
where he landed nine days later. The Captain-General, 
Jose de la Concha, was prepared for the invasion, and as 
Lopez received no aid from the inhabitants, he was 
defeated in the skirmishes of Pinar del Rio, Candelarias, 

andFrias. ^ . ^ 

EventuaUy,mostof the invaders were captured and 
Lopez was publicly executed at Havana on Augusth 30th 
of the same year. . 

This disastrous invasion aroused the enthusiasm of 
the Southern States to annex Cuba. In 1854 the Eman- 
cipados were freed, adding to the bitter feeling then 
existing in the South. Annexation was again proposed, ^^^NEXATION 
and affairs were so strained that a war with Spain pRQposED 
seemed near at hand. This unsettled condition continued 
during the administration of Presidents Pierce and 
Buchanan. The outbreak of the Civil War overshadowed 
the Cuban issue for the time being. 

The cholera visitations of 1833, 1850, and 1867 proved 
sadly inimical to the prosperity of the island. Furious 
hurricanes, too, devastated its most flourishing domains, 
bringing death and destruction alike to man and beast. 



10 CUBA. 



In 1868, on the plains of Yara, began the internal war, 

which lasted ten years, Agriculture and commerce be- 

came partially paralyzed, and large estates, especially 

OF CIVIL WAR ^jjQgg in the vicinity of Puerto Principe and Santa Clara, 

were practically ruined. 

It was not until the year 1878 that this inglorious war 
was terminated bj' the peace of Zan jon. By the efforts 
and conciliatory policy of General Martinez-Campos the 
combatants effected a compromise. The constitution of 
the monarchy of the 30th of June, 1876, was promulgated, 
important reforms were inaugurated, and a modern 
civil code, framed to meet the requirements of the 
Cubans, became law. 
ABOLITION In 1886, slavery was completely abolished. 
OF SLAVERY In 1889, the deficit in the Cuban revenue amounted to 
$3,000,000. 

In 1892, the discontent and dissatisfaction of the years 
since the peace of Zanjon found outlet in the organiza- 
tion of a new revolutionary movement. Many of the 
military leaders who had fought in the previous insur- 
rections took an active part in this latest effort of actual 
independence. 

In 1893, the Spanish government, as a concession to the 

demand of the Cuban Autonomist party for universal 

EXPERIMEN- sviflfrage, carried a law throujchthe Cortes granting the 

TAL SPANISH f^'^nchise to every adult male Cuban able to pay a poll- 

LEGISLATION tax of five pesos. 

This conciliatory measure was at first rejected; then 
it was accepted; the total result was disappointment. 

In 1895, General Martinez-Campos was placed in com- 
mand of the army intended to repress the new revolt. 
In spite of his endeavors, both in field and council, his 
efforts were unavailing. 

The years 1895, 1896, 1897 witnessed a continuation of 

hostilities. Finally, through the armed intervention of 

the United States, Cuba was released from Spanish rule. 

By the terms of the Treaty of Peace, signed at Paris 

on December 10, 1898, Cuba passed into the hands of the 

END OF United States government, with effect from January 1, 

SPANISH jggg jt ig jjQ^y under military control, the policy estab- 

^^^^ lished being one of conciliation, with full protection of 

Cuba's best interests. 



CATECHISM. 



11 



CATECHISM. 
GEOGRAPHICAL. 



LOCALITY 



[For isla7ids, keys, archipelagos, cajies, points, and peninsulas, 

canals, straits and gulfs of Cuba in detail, see text 

following the Catechism of Ctcba.'i 

Where is Cuba ? 

It is the western-most and largest of the four islands 
known as the Great Antilles. It lies between 19° 48' 
30" (Cape de la Cruz) and 23° 13" (Cape Hieacos), north 
latitude, and 76° 32' (Cape Maisi), and 87° 49' (Cape 
Antonio), west longitude. 

What name was given to Cuba by Columbus ? 

Juana, in honor of the heir to the Spanish throne. 

What is the formation of the Great Antilles, 

taken collectively ? 

They consist of a disconnected chain of mountains 
(the Antillean system), protruding above the sea, and 
having an east-west trend, transverse to that of the 
axial continental Cordilleres. 

Why does Cuba rank among the foremost 

communities of the world ? 

Because of its productive soil, mineral wealth, and 
cUmatic conditions. 

What important maritime gateways are com- 
manded by Cuba ? 

The Straits of Florida, leading from the Atlantic 
Ocean into the Gulf of Mexico; the Windward Pas- ADVANTAGES 
sage, leading from the Atlantic into the Caribbean 
Sea, and the Yucatan Channel, connecting the Carib- 
bean Sea and the Gulf. The first and last of these 
three gateways completely command the Gulf of 
Mexico. 

What is the general aspect of Cuba from the 

sea? 

The island, as a whole, stands well above the sea, and, 
from the water, presents a rugged appearance. 

What does the outline of Cuba resemble ? 

The Spaniards declare it to be, in shape, like a bird's 
tongue. It also resembles a great hammer-headed 
shark, the head of which forms the straight south 
coast of the east end of the island, while the body 
extends to the westward in a sinuous curve. 

What is the nature of the Cuban coast ? 

It is surrounded by numerous islands and reefs, 
which render the approach both difficult and danger- 



MARITIME 



NATURE OF 
THE COAST 



12 



CUBA. 



COAST-LAND 
CHARACTER- 
ISTICS 



ous to those not acquainted with the proper chan- 
nels. On all sides, except the south-central, the land 
rises abruptly, except where indented by pouch-like 
harbors, and stands above the sea as if the waters of 
the latter were rapidly planing away what had once 
been a more extensive land. 

What is the nature of the land near the coast 
line? 

A great number of the districts are swampy, and in 
them yellow fever prevails during the unhealthy 
seasons. 
What is the configuration of Cuba ? 

About one-fourth of the total area is mountainous, 
three-fifths are rolling plain, valleys, and gentle 
arable slopes, and the remainder is swampy. 

Through what meridians does Cuba pass ? 

The longer axis of the island extends from the 74th 
to the 85th meridian. 

Of what islands other than the mainland does 

Cuba consist ? 
ISLANDS AND 570 cays (coast reefs or sandy islets) adjacent to 
ISLETS the north coast, and 730 to the south, also the Isle of 

Pines, a large and important dependency, almost 
directly south of Havana province. 

What other places of importance are in close 

proximity to Cuba ? 

The southern seaboard of the United States, the 
coast of Mexico, the Bahamas, Haiti, Jamaica, Cen- 
tral America, the Isthmus, and the coast of South 
America. 

Was advantage taken of this fact by the re- 
cent possessors of Cuba ? 

No; trade and communication with adjacent regions, 
other than Mexico, was neither cultivated nor en- 
couraged. 

What is the nature of the soil and surface in 

the interior of Cuba ? 

It has not been sufficiently surveyed as yet to permit 
SOIL AND the preparation of accurate data. The Spanish 

SURFACE authorities at various times authorized surveys by 

commissions. Reports submitted show that insur. 
mountable obstacles were met with, hence inquiries 
were abandoned in every case. 

Of what nature were these obstacles ? 

Lack of habitation, impenetrability of forests, insur- 
mountability of the Cordilleras, and scarcity of 
means and time. 



CATECHISM. 13 



How far did thetr observations extend ? 

To the 70th meridian only, working eastward. 

!ls it probable that great discoveries will be 
made east of the 70th meridian ? 

Scientists beUeve that portion of the island to be 

valuable and interesting. LOCALITY OF 

Which are the most mountainous parts of the ranges 

island ? 

Its extremities and its central parts. 

Of what are the lowlands — of eastern Cuba 

particularly — composed ? 

Largely of fossils of sea matter from prehistoric 
times, extremely rich in lime and phosphates. 

Are there many prairies and plains in Cuba ? 
Yes ; those most noted for their extent are found on 
the southern coast, from Pinar del Rio towards 
Giiines, and in the territory between Cardenas and 
the jurisdictions of Holguin and Bayamo inclusive. 

Is the natural drainage of Cuba abundant ? 
Yes, varying in character in different parts of the 
island. 

Are there any lagoons in Cuba ? lagoons 

Yes, there are many on the north side of the island, and SWAMPS 
Is there any yield of value from these lagoons? 
A considerable quantity of salt is obtained from 
them. 
What results ensue from the low Cuban shore 
on the south-central coast ? 

Floods and inundations are frequent. 
Which are the most remarkable swamps in 
the island ? 

Majagiiillal, at the east of Cardenas (whence has 
been opened a canal for drainage); Zapata, the most 
notable of the island, at the south of Matanzas; 
Yaguaramas, at the east of Cienfuegos; the Buey 
Bwamp at the south of the mouth of the Cauto, and, 
in the island of Pines, Siguanea, which occupies the 
southern half of that island. 
Has Cuba yet undergone accurate trigonomet- survey of 
rical survey? the island 

No. 
How are the different divisions of Cuba dis- 
tinguished locally ? 

As the Vuelta Abajo, or portion extending from the 
meridian of Havana to the western extremity of the 
island; the Vuelta Arriba, from the meridian of 



14 



CUBA. 



Havana towards the east as far as Cienfuegos; Las 
Cinco Villas, from the meridian of Cienfuegos to 
that of Santo Espiritu; and Tierra Adentro, from 
that of Santo Espiritu to Holguin and the extreme 
east of the island. 
What is the nature of the surface in the prov- 
pROViNCEs ince of Pinar del Rio ? 

It is centrally mountainous, with fertile coastward 
slopes. 
What are the characteristics of Matanzas and 
Havana provinces ? 

They are vast stretches of level, cultivated plains, 
with only a few hills of relief. 
What are the surface characteristics of 
Puerto Principe and Santa Clara ? 

They are broken regions of low mountain relief, diver- 
sified by expansive valleys. 
What is the character of the surface in San- 
tiago de Cuba province ? 

It is predominantly a mountainous region of high 
relief, especially along the coasts, with many inferior 
valleys. 
IFor further details concerning provinces of Cuba, see text 
following this Catechism of Cuba.} 

In vyhich of the provinces are the valleys wid- 
est and most fertile ? 

In the more rugged eastern provinces. They are 
numerous also in the provinces of Santa Clara and 
Puerto Principe. The most extensive of the fertile 
valleys is that of the Rio Cauto, in the province of 
Santiago de Cuba. 

What are the most prominent characteristics 

of the Rio Cauto valley ? 

It lies in a protected position between rugged emi- 
nences on the north and south, is threaded by a nav- 
igable river, is densely populated, and has been a 
great stronghold of the insurgent forces during the 
last rebellion against Spanish rule. 

[For further details concerning valleys of Cuba, see text follow- 
ing this Catechism of Cuba.'] 

What is a conspicuous feature concerning 
Cuba and the Virgin Islands ? 

They constitute a distinct geographic province— dis- 
tinct in relief and geologic formation— from the other 
"West India islands, and the adjacent mainlands. 

What special geographic advantage does 

Cuba possess ? 

It commands the commerce of the entire American 
Mediterranean. 



VALLEYS 



A CON- 
SPICUOUS 
FEATURE 



CATECHISM. 15 



Where does Cuba lay with reference to the 
Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea ? 

It separates them. 
What city of the United States lies to the 
north of Cape Maysi ? 

New York, N. Y. 
What city of the United States lies to the 
north of Cape San Antonio ? 

Cincinnati, Ohio. 
What is the area of Cuba, including keys and 
small islands ? dimensions 

118,833 square miles, or a little more than one-fifth 

of the area of France. ISLAND 

What is the area of the main island of Cuba ? 

It is estimated at from 40,000 to 43,000 square miles. 

With what State does Cuba agree, approxi- 
mately, in point of area ? 

Pennsylvania. 
What is the length of the island from east to 

west ? 

The length of the main island, following an axial 
line drawn through its center from Cape Maysi on the 
east to Cape San Antonio on the west, is 730 miles. 

What is the area of the Isle of Pines ? isle of pines 

1,214 square miles (estimated). AND ISLETS 

What is the aggregate area of the 1,300 cays 
near the main islands ? 

1,350 square miles (estimated). 
What is the length of the coast line of Cuba ? 

Without its meanderings, nearly 2,200 miles. 
What is the width of the island ? 

It varies from 90 miles in the east to less than 20 

miles in the longitude of Havana. 
What is the distance between Cape San 
Antonio and Yucatan, Mexico ? 

130 miles. 

What is the distance between Havana and distances 
Matanzas ? 

84 miles. 
What is the distance between Havana and 
Cardenas ? 

145 miles. 
What is the distance between Key West and 
the north coast of Cuba ? 

A trifle less than 96}^ miles. 



16 



CUBA. 



CLIMATE 



TEMPER- 
ATURE 



RAINFALL 



What other islands can be seen from the 
eastern end of Cuba ? 

Haiti and Jamaica, distant 5i and 85 miles, respect- 

tively. 

ClilMATE. 

Is the climate of Cuba considered healthy ? 

It is much more salubrious than is generally sup- 
posed by strangers. The winter months are de- 
lightful—in fact, ideal— while the summer months 
are more endurable than in most of the States of the 
Union. 

During how many months in each year is the 
climate unhealthy ? 

Six months, from May to October. 
When are the extremes of heat and cold most 
keenly felt ? 

August is the warmest month; January the coldest. 
Which are the hottest hours of the day ? 

From 10 to 12 o'clock; after noon a refreshing breeze 

sets in from the sea. 
Does the thermometer ever fall to freezing 
point ? 

Occasionally, in the interior, at elevations over 300 

feet above the sea. In these localities hoar frost is 

not uncommon, and during north winds ice may 

form. 
Has snow ever fallen in Cuba ? 

Once only, in 1856. 

What is the mean temperature of the year at 
Havana ? 

On a mean of seven years, 77°, except in the interior 

of Cuba, at elevations of over 300 feet. 
What is the mean temperature at Havana in 
July and August (the warmest months) ? 

82° Fahr., fluctuating between a maximum of 88° and 

a minimum of 76°. 
What is the therraometrical average during 
December and January ? 

72°, the maximum being 78°, the minimum 58°. 
What is the average temperature in Santiago 
de Cuba? 

80°. That of the hottest month is 84°, and that of the 

coldest 73°. 
What is the average rain-fall in Cuba ? 

About 50 inches. 



CATECHISM. 



17 



Does rain fall during all seasons of the year ? 

Yes; there is no season wholly without rain. 

How is the rainy season divided ? 

Rarely are there more than twenty rainy days in 
any one month, and the average is from eight to 
ten. The rainfall is general in the afternoon, and 
on an average there are only seventeen days in the 
year in which it rains in both forenoon and after- 
noon. 

What is the average number of rainy days 
each year ? 

One hundred and two. 

Are the rains general from May to October ? 

Yes, throughout the island. The period from May to 
October is known as the rainy season. As a rule, the 
rains, brought by the trade winds, are heavier and 
more frequent on the slopes of the eastern end of 
the island. 

How does the rain-fall compare with that of 
the Eastern States (U. S.) ? 

It is no greater. 

What is the annual rain-fall at Havana ? 

Forty inches, of which twenty-eight inches fall in the 
wet season. 

With what p. c. of moisture is the Havana at- 
mosphere usually charged ? 

Eighty-five per cent., which, under the tropical sun, 
largely induces vegetation. 

What is the prevailing wind in Cuba ? 

The easterly trade breeze. From November to Feb- 
ruary cool north winds, known as "northers," rarely 
lasting more than forty-eight hours, are felt in the 
western portion of the island. These winds produce 
a seasonal change. 

Are hurricanes ever experienced in Cuba ? 

The whole island is more or less subject to huxricanes, 
often of great ferocity. The hurricane of 1846 lev- 
eled nearly 2,000 houses in Havana, and sank or 
wrecked over 300 vessels. In 1896, the banana planta- 
tions of the east were similarly destroyed. Heavy 
storms are frequent on the south coast. 

Are there any indigenous diseases in Cuba ? 

No. 



RAINY 
SEASON 



HUMIDITY 



HURRICANES 



18 



CUBA. 



DISEASES 



Where does yellow fever appear, in Cuba, and 
is its appearance periodical ? 

In the coast lands and seaports it breaks out with 
renewed virulence regularly with the wet season. It 
occurs occasionally in the interior of the island. 
Is fever and ague known among Cuban dis- 
eases ? 

Yes; it prevails on the coasts during the unhealthy 
season. 

What is the real cause of much unhealthiness 
in Cuba ? 

Neglect of sanitary measures. While it is true that 
sickness follows the seasons, the former would be 
greatly allayed— almost abated— if public hygiene 
received proper official consideration and individual 
attention. 

What is the proportion of deaths from con- 
sumption compared with those from yellow 
fever ? 

Deaths from consumption are five times as great as 
those of yellow fever. Even then, the former disease 
is not nearly as common in Cuba as it is in the U. S. 

What is the percentage of deaths among 

yellow fever patients ? 
Less than 8 per cent. 

Does leprosy prevail in Cuba ? 

Yes; more so than in the Sandwich islands; but there 
is no danger to white persons who are cleanly in 
their habits. 

What are the virtues of green coconut milk ? 

It aids in cases of yellow fever, kidney and kindred 
diseases. 

What remedies should be readily available 
in case of yellow fever ? 

Citrate of Magnesia, castor oil, lime juice, and 
quinine, the last named being used cautiously, to 
prevent deafness from its effects. 

What should be borne in mind by visitors and 

intending residents ? 

That their health and comfort depend to a great 
extent on absolute cleanliness and moderation. 
MOUNTAINS. 

iFor mountains of Cuba in (Mail see text following this 
Catechism of Cuba.} 

MOUNTAINS Which is the most extensive mountain range 
in Cuba ? 

The Sierra Maestra, of which the Sierra de Carcame- 
sas is an extension, stretching westward to the 
plain of Principe. 



REMEDIES 
AND PRE- 
VENTIVES 



CATECHISM. 



19 



Which are the highest peaks in this range ? 

Pico de Tarquino, rising to a height of 7,670 feet; 
Gran Piedra, 5,400 feet; Yunque and the Pico Ojo del 
Toro, each 3,600 feet in elevation. 

Where are these two eminences situated ? 

In the Sierra Maestra, between Capes de Cruz and 
Mays!. 

Which is the highest peak of the central 

system ? 

Potrerillo, 3,050 feet. 

Do volcanoes exist in Cuba ? 

Not in activity, but the pumice stone, pyrites, and 
other substances found in some of the mountains, VOLCANOES 
such as Cayolbana, Ojo del Toro, Tarquino and p^j^Q eARTH- 
others, indicate that they are extinct volcanoes. QUAKES 

Is the island subject to earthquakes ? 

They are seldom felt in the western districts, but are 
frequent in the eastern. 

Does it contain caverns ? 

Yes, many; and some of them are very curious and 
admirable, such as those of ResoUadero Guacamaya 
in Guainguainco, Maria Belen in the Sierra of Anape, 
the magnificent cavern of Bellamar in Matanzas, and 
others. 

What is the acreage of primeval forests in 

Cuba? 

13,000,000 acres (estimated). 



RIVERS. 

[For rivers and lakes of Cuba in detail see text at end of 
this Catechism of Cuba.] 

How many navigable and other rivers does 
Cuba possess ? 

There are 150 ; one only, the Rio Cauto, is navigable. 
Which is the longest river on the island ? 

The Rio Cauto, 273 miles in length. 

Through what portions of its length is the 
Rio Cauto navigable ? 

For river craft, 75 miles, but small boats can traverse 
about two-thirds of the distance. The mouth of the 
Rio Cauto has been obstructed by bars. 

What is the source and course of the Rio 

Cauto ? 

It rises in the Sierra Maestra and runs through the 
valley of Bayamo. 



20 



CUBA. 



CASCADES 



HAf^BORS 



SHAPE AND 
LOCALITY 



PORTS or 

ENTRY 



^i'ca5es%'' *^' "'°'' "°^^^^" ^^ ^^^ Cuban 

That of the river Manantiales (affluent of the Bayete 
in the yuelta Abajo), 30 rods in height; that oi 
Siguaanea (affluent of the Arimao), 130 rods; that of 
of the MLt'inn' TV"^' "' Taguaybon (affluent 
of f h M n' . '"^'' ^^^^ ^^ '^^ "^^^^ Mi°a« (affluent 
Indt Sd^ ^^ ^''^^'^'^ '^' that Of the river 

HARBORS AND PORTS 

Is the harbor accommodation of Cuba good ? 

Yes ; probably no country in the world is so blessed 
with harbors Not only are they very numerous 
but many of them are excellent, affording con 
vement outlets for the products of the island and 
easy access for oceanic and coastal transportation 
How many good harbors are there in Cuba ?' 

Where are the chief harbors ? 

On the north coast, Havana, Matanzas, Nuevitas 
Gibara, Nipe, and Baracoa. On the south coast 
Guantanamo, Santiago de Cuba, Manzanillo tS 
dad, andCienfuegos, the last named being considered 
one of the finest harbors in the world 
What is the usual shape of Cuban harbors ? 

thpTn^r '''fj;^'^ ^" pouch-shaped inlets indenting 
the coast, with narrow outlets pointed by elevated 
reef rock and capable of accommodaUng large 
numbers of vessels. ^ 

Are they conveniently situated ? 

So admirably have they been distributed by nature 
in different portions of the island, that the trade of 
Cuba may be said literally to pass out of a hundred 
gates. 

Is^Havana Harbor considered safe by marin- 

It is one of the safest harbors in the world 

No, as large quantities of sediment have remained 
undredged, rendering the water so shallow that 
large steamers are obliged to load in the roadstead. 
How many ports of entry are there in Cuba ? 
54, of which 15 are open to commerce. 



CATECHISM. 



21 



Which of the ports are used by American and 
Spanish steamers ? 

All of the principal ports. 

Are there any considerable ports of entry to 
the west of Havana ? 

Three: Mariel, Cabanas, and Bahia Honda. They 
are similar to Havana in formation, but are only of 
secondary importance. 

What port lies directly south from Havana ? 

Batabano, an entrepot for Havana. Here also the 
coastal cable from Santiago touches, and from this 
point radiate various lines of steamers along the 
coast and to the Isle of Pines. 

Is the island systematically circumnavigated 
for purposes of commerce ? 

Yes, by coastal steamers, which touch at the minor 
ports, also used by tramp and sailing vessels in 
search of cargoes. 

Where are the starting points for steamers 
on the north and south ? 

Along the north coast, Havana; along the south 
coast Batabano, the southern entrepot of Havana. 

What is the area and depth of Havana Bay ? 

Area, 23 square miles; depth, from 37 to 60 feet, the 
usual depth being from .50 to 60 feet. 

Are there many lighthouses in Cuba and 
vicinity ? 

Yes; on the W., Roncale, on the cape of San Antonio, 
and others; on the N., O'Donnell in Morro Havana, 
Matanzas, and Cayo Diana in Cardenas; Concha in 
Maysi, and seven others ; on the E., Maysi; on the 
S., Vargas in Cape Cruz, Villanueva in Cienfuegos, 
and others; on the Isle of Pines, Cocodrillos. 



COAST 
NAVIGATION 



LIGHT- 
HOUSES 



HIGHWAirS AND ROADS. 

[For roads of Cuba in detail, see text following this Catechism 
of Cuba.-] 

Are the roads good in Cuba ? 

Only near towns, beyond that they are very poor, 
and mule carts and horseback are the agents of 
transportation to the nearest sea port. 

Where are the best roads located ? 

Along a route leading from Havana into Pinar del 
Rio, and from a few interior cities to their entrepots. 



ROADS 



22 



CUBA. 



What is the official title of these roads, and 

POOR when were they made ? 

ROADS They are classed as Camino del Rey (the King's high- 

way), and were established in the early years of 
Spanish rule. 

What route is taken by the " Central Road " 

or highway to Cuba ? 

It runs between Havana and Santiago, passing by 
Luyano, Jaruco, Limonar, Santa Clara, Esperanza, 
Bayamo, and others. There are other central high- 
ways. 

Is this road worthy of its impressive name ? 

No; it is a mass of dust or mud, and only exists at 
infrequent intervals in the vicinity of larger towns. 

Are existing maps reliable in showing good 
roads ? 

No ; roads are often marked, but that is no proof of 
their actual existence. 

Which means of transportation is most in 
vogue w^hen available ? 
By water. 

How do the roads of Pinar del Rio, Havana, 
and portions of Matanzas compare with those 
of other parts of the island ? 

They are better. 

How are goods transported in the interior of 
the island, outside of the railway lines ? 

By means of ox-carts and pack-mules. 

How many services of cars, or diligences, does 

the island maintain ? 

One from Havana to Caimito; another from Havana 
to San Jose de las Lapas, and one from Cojunar by 
the coast of La Cabana. 

What is the name of the national carriage or 
ROAD CON- conveyance in Cuba ? 
VEYANCES The Volante. No other is used in the country. 

How is the Volante constructed ? 

It is a two-seated carriage, slung low down by leather 
straps from the axle of two large wheels, and has 
shafts 15 feet long. The horse in the shaft is lead by 
a postilion, whose horse is also harnessed to the car- 
riage with traces. 



CATECHISM. 



23 



RAILROADS 



TRANSPORTATION. 

IFor additional details concerning transportation to and from 
the seaports of Cnba, by the variotis means available, also 
comniunicati07is inland and otherwise, including railroad, 
telegraph, telephone, and cable service, see tratisportation 
notes folloicing this Catechism and text on Cuba.'] 

How many railroads are there in Cuba, and 
what length of line ? 

Ten, averaging upward of 1,000 miles of main line, 
which includes principally the united system of Ha- 
vana, extending through the tobacco and sugar dis- 
tricts of the west and center. 
When was the first railroad line opened ? 
In 1837, between Havana and Guanajay. 

Since that time, what lines have been estab- 
lished ? 

South from Cienfuegos to Santa Clara; east from 
Puerto Principe to Nuevitas; from Cardenas and 
Concha to Aguada and Esperanza (Encrucijada); 
from Casilda to Fernandez. 

Which of the Cuban cities can be reached by 

rail from Havana ? 

Guanajay, Batabano, Matanzas, Cardenas, Cienfue- 
gos, Santa Clara, Pinar del Rio, and Sagua la Grande. 

What important points are connected with 

Havana by rail ? 

Matanzas, Pinar del Rio, Batabano, Cienfuegos, 
Sagua, and Santa Clara, the last named being the 
present terminal point, 150 miles from Havana. 

Are there any short local lines in this region ? 
Several extend interiorward from Nuevitas, Reme- 
dios, and Santiago. 

Is the south coast of Cuba easy of access from 
. Havana by rail ? coast con- 

Yes; the line terminates at Batabano, a distance of _^_ ,^^,^ 

25 miles from the capital. 

Can the most important sugar estates be 
reached by railroad ? 

Yes, there are private branch lines running to them. 
Of what description are the railroad carriages 
in Cuba ? 

Of the American type, fitted, as well as the locomo- 
tive, with the Westinghouse automatic brake. 

Of what material are the rails in the Cuban 
railway system ? 

Of steel, weighing 60 lbs. per yard. 



CONNEC- 
TIONS BY 
RAIL 



SOUTH 



NECTIONS 



24 CUBA. 



How many passengers were carried by rail in 
RAILROAD Cuba in 1894 ? 

Over 750,000. 



BUSINESS 



POPULATION 



POPUIiATION. 

What is the proportion of population, accord- 
ing to sex, color, and nativity ? 

In 1887, there -n-ere 882.600 men, and 749,087 women. 
The latest statistics show a total population of 1,762,- 
000, 1,228,000 of whom are white; 490,000 are negroes 
and mulattoes, and 44,000 Chinese. 

Into how many classes are the inhabitants of 

Cuba divided ? 

(1) The native Spaniards; (2) the Creoles, who are 
mostly planters, farmers, or lawyers; (3) free mulat- 
toes and free negroes in about equal parts. 

What is a creoIe ? 

A person born in foreign lands of European types, 
but also of colored types. The descendants of the 
French, Spanish, and Portuguese in the American 
colonies call themselves Creoles. In the Cuban sense, 
a Creole is a person of pure white blood born in Cuba 
of Spanish descent. 

What is the density of population per square 

mile in each province ? 

Havana, 109.93 ; Matanzas, 79.50 ; Santa Clara, 39.90 ; 
Pinar del Rio, 39.19; Santiago de Cuba, 20.13; Puerto 
Principe, 5.46. 

What is the population of Cardenas ? 
23,354, of whom 15,580 are white. 

When were emancipados (partially freed 

negroes) made fully free ? 
January 1, 1854. 
ABOLITION When was slavery totally abolished in Cuba ? 
OF SLAVERY October 7, 1886. 

How do the manners and customs of the 

Cubans compare with those of Europeans ? 
They are similar, except that the Cubans are very 
conservative, and do not readily assimilate cosmo- 
politan ideas. 

Are there many Freemasons in Cuba ? 

Yes; in proportion to the total population there are 
more than in any other country in the world. 

By whom were positions of official and clerical 

prominence filled under the late administra- 
tion? 

Almost exclusively by Spaniards. 



CATECHISM. 



25 



VAGRANCY 



Of what nationality are the landowners in ^^^.^^^l- 

Cuba ? 1, /I 'TY OF PRO- 

Cubans, English, Americans, Germans, French, ana pRi^TORS 
a few Spaniards. 
To what nations do the railroad owners be- 
long ? 

These roads are run by Spanish, English, American, 
and French capital, under Spanish and English 
management. 
Of what nationality are the majority of mer- 
chants ? 

Spaniards, some Cubans, and an occasional English- 
man, German, American, Dutchman, and Chinaman. 

Are the engineers of the large sugar estates 
foreigners? 

Yes; mostly Germans, Americans, English, and 
French. The Cuban, as well as the Spaniard, lacks 
the natural inventive abiUty. 
Has vagrancy been suppressed, hitherto, in 

Cuba ? . ^ , ^ 

No- on the contrary, documents were furnished by 
the municipal authorities authorizing certain per- 
sons to become professional beggars. 

To what is this state of affairs attributable ? 
The lack of charitable institutions. 

Are the Spanish official maps of Cuba 

accurate ? 

No- the Spaniard is not trustworthy in this con- 

nection. Investigators have often been misled by 

errors. 
From what race is the labor-market largely 
. supplied? 

The black race throughout the island. They are 

Cuban by birth and sentiment. 
Is any white labor employed ? 

Yes; in the vicinity of the cities, and the workers 

are, as a rule, Spanish peasants. 
Of what nationality are the seafaring people 
of the Cuban coast ? 

Generally Spanish. 
How are the Chinese employed ? 

Many are on plantations. This class of laborers is 
decreasing, as Chinese importation is forbidden. 



EMPLOY- 
MENT OF 
LABOR 



26 



CUBA. 



CUBAN 
CHARAC- 
TERISTICS 



^landf^ ^^^ """^^ valuable laborers on the 

Former Spanish soldiers; they are conscientious and 
faithful. 

What is a leading characteristic of the Cuban 
of mixed blood ? ^^uau 

He is very independent, and would rather cultivate 
a small patch of land for himself, earning little, than 
labor for wages, with a larger financial gain. 

^t'edVorf ^ Galician and Catalan peasantry 

For their industry. 

What is the present attitude of white laborers 
as to migration ? 

They prefer to remain near the towns until protec- 
tion to life is assured. 

Of what standard are the educational facili- 
ties r 

Very low; in 1893 a representative of the British 
government reported only 843 public schools. This 
averages one school to each 1,800 inhabitants. 

What school facilities were reported at 
Havana in 1895? 

910 pubUc schools, of which 461 were elementary, the 
latter in smaller towns; while 766 private institu- 
tions were reported, making a total of 1,676. 

Are there many academic institutions in Cuba ? 
There is one in each province for boys, the ordinary 
course of study being five years, which time is com- 
pulsory before entering the university. 

Are there any public libraries in Cuba ? 
No ; there are none. 

ILLITERACY What is the present percentage of illiteracy ? 

78 per cent, unable to read or write. 

How do the better classes educate their 
children ? 

They are obliged to send them abroad. 



EDUCA- 
TIONAL 
FACILITIES 



CITIES. 

IFor details other than those given helow concer7iing cities and 
towns of Cuba, see text following this Catechism of Cuha.l 

What are the largest cities of Cuba ? 

Havana, population 250,000; and Matanzas, 60,000. 



CATECHISM. 



27 



Which city of Cuba is recognized as the polit- 
ical capital of the island ? 

Havana, which also ranks as the principal city with 
reference to population, wealth, commerce, and 
other important features. 
When was Havana founded, and by whom ? 

In 1515, by Diego Velasquez. 
What is the proper name of the city of 
Havana ? 

San Crist6bal de la Habana. 
On what site did the city formerly stand ? 
For four years it was located on the south coast, in 
the neighborhood of the present harbor of Batabano; 
then the chief city was removed to the site it now 
occupies. 
How is Havana situated ? 

Mainly on the west and south sides of a capacious 
harbor, and surrounded by eminences rising to one 
hundred and fifty feet. 
When was Havana first fortified ? 

In 1663 when the Spaniards found it necessary to 
protect the city from piratical attacks, which had 
been continued during more than a hundred years 
by the ' ' Filibusters. " • ij 

What are the most notable objects in Ha- 

^^^The wharfs, fortifications, hospitals, university, 
botanical garden, government palaces, several 
churches, including the cathedral, and several 
statues, including those of Columbus, Fernando VIL, 
Isabella III., etc. 

Is there a system of waterworks at Havana ? 
Yes; it was installed in 1895 by New York engineers. 

Are municipal improvements now in progress 

at Havana ? 

Yes under the supervision of U. S. army officers. 
The same may be said of all other large Cuban cities. 

Fromwhich of the rivers is the Havana water 

supply obtained ? 

The Rio Armendaris, which nearly encircles Havana 
on the south. 

Is there a proper sewerage system in the 

No- plans, having this end in view, were submitted 
by the engineers, who undertook to install the sys- 
tem of waterworks now in use, but the. matter 



CAPITAL OF 
THE ISLAND 



FACTS CON- 
CERNING 
HAVANA 



HAVANA 
WATER- 
WORKS 



28 



CUBA. 



remained in abeyance until very recently. Active 
steps are now in progress to purify Havana by 
means of a modern sewei-age system and other 
methods essential to health. 

What methods of rapid transit exist in Ha- 
RAPID vana for city service ? 
TRANSIT Horse cars and elevated roads. An electric system 

of car service is now in process of development. 

Was Havana a representative Spanish city 
under the late government ? 

Yes, and in this sense it was entirely unrepresenta- 
tive of the local customs and sentiments of provin- 
cial Cuba. 

Which is the second city and seaport of west- 
ern Cuba ? 

Matanzas, about 75 miles east of Havana by rail; 
as the crow flies, the distance between the two cities 
is 54 miles. It was founded in 1693. 

Is Matanzas a noted commercial center ? 

Yes; it is the chief outlet for that part of the sugar 
MATANZAS region which stretches south and east toward Car- 

denas, and which includes the most fertile lands in 
Cuba. 
What other notable facts can be stated con- 
cerning Cuban cities ? * 

Cardenas, on a spacious bay, sheltered by a long 
promontory, is one of the principal sugar-exporting 
places of Cuba, and is connected by rail with Ha- 
vana, and by regular steamers with all the coast 
towns. It was founded in 1828. 
CiENFUEGOs, the second seaport in the island, is 
CIENFUEGOS situated on a magnificent harbor. It is a modern 
city, settled in 1819 by refugees from Santo Domingo. 
Trinidad, to the east of Cienfuegos, has an excellent 
roadstead. The city is surrounded by high hills and 
mountains. It dates from the earlier years of the 
Spanish occupation, and has frequently been raided 
by French and English buccaneers. 
Santa Clara is largely the home of cultured Creoles. 
Camaguey, officially known as Puerto Principe, is 
PUERTO the chief interior city of Cuba, and claims to be the 

PRINCIPE most Creole of Cuban towns. -It stands on a plain 

about midway between the two coasts, and is con- 
nected by rail with Nuevitas to the northeast. 



* See also geographical note following this Catechism under 
the beading " Provinces and Cities." 



CATECHISM. 



29 



WATER 
SUPPLY 



Baracoa, the easternmost port of the north coast, 
is the oldest continuous settlement of the new world, 
having been founded by DiegoColurabus, son of Chris- 
topher, in 1511. It was the scene of Maceo's landmg 
on Feb. 25, 1896, when the insurgent leader started 
the last revolution. It is an important commercial 
city, seat of the banana and coconut trade. 

Santiago, known to the Cubans as Saint Jago de Q^J^^^p^^Q 
Cuba, ranks second to Havana in strategic and 
political importance. It is the capital of the eastern 
department, as well as its most flourishing seaport. 
Its entrance is dotted by many islands. This entrance 
at the narrowest part is only 180 yards wide, but it 
gives access to a magnificent basin, with many in- 
dentations, large enough to accommodate all the 
shipping of the island. 

Several lines of railroad run from the city to the 
iron mines, sixteen miles east. Santiago is the 
telegraphic center, whence radiate the submarine 
postal cables of the island for the western depart- 
ment — Me'xico, Jamaica, South America, Haiti, 
Puerto Rico, and the lesser Antilles. 
Is there an ample supply of pure water in Cuba? 

Has the street railway system been developed 
outside of Havana ? 

No; at present there is only a short mule line in the 
city of Puerto Principe. 
What is strikingly characteristic of the names 
given to stores and taverns ? 

They resemble those of the southern Roman Catholic 
countries of Europe. 
Are elevators in use in Cuban cities ? 

There are only two, in Havana, and they are in 
hotels. Buildings are usually low. 
How many post-offices were there in Cuba in 
1894? 

There were 339. 
How many letters were sent through the 
Cuban post-offices during 1894? 

14,392,094, of which 12,391,883 were in land and the 
remainder foreiga. 
Are any measures in progress for extension 
of the postal service ? 

Yes; experienced U. S. officials are now working out 
a practical system on the basis of that now in use 
throughout the United States. 



POSTAL 
SERVICE 



^^ CUBA. 



xxru . AGRICULTURE. 

cTlta?ionr'"^^°'*'^ ^^"^ - C"^- - under 

About 10 per cent. 

What^are the principal agricultural products 

except Where bro.en by MUs, is one oonu:^^ S 

KJ valuf?^"" °'^^°^ - '•-- O-tricts, 

Om,^^"'' " ^'^"'^ "•"^•^" '°-. ^'ued at $80,. 

rTnkt Cfba f ""' '"""^'^^ '-kes second 

Tobacco, 

c.R„.s Of ce/eifs"? "^^""^ ^"''^^ '° the cultivation 

No, generally not. 
Are corn, wheat, and oats grown in Cuba ? 

Is rice extensively cultivated ? 

^t 'TellZT^' ^' ''' '-''''' '^ ^-"«^^^-t to 
Is cocoa or chocolate produced in Cuba? 

Spain ' '' ^ "'^^^^ ^^-t^^^^ «f export to 

t'i^n'rh^il^^^^^^^ of Cuba in addi- 

VEGETABLES enous to the islLd ? ' ""^^^^^ ^""^ '"^^S" 

Pmeapples, manioc, sweet potatoes, and Indian corn 
Are garden vegetables cultivated in Cuba? 

crisp freshness usual to such products. 
Is grass plentiful in Cuba? 

nn?; J"'';^?"'^ nutritious grasses are found through, 
out the mua, affording exceUent forage for st^f 



CATECHISM. 



31 



In which provinces are the grazing lands rich- 
est ? 

Santa Clara, Puerto Principe, and Santiago. 

' Are fertilizers essential in cultivation of the 
lands ? 

No; the soil is a marvel of richness, and fertilizers 
are seldom used, unless in the case of tobacco, even 
tho the same crops be grown on the same land for 
100 years, as has happened in some of the old sugar- 
cane fields. 

Does bee culture receive attention in Cuba ? 
Yes; the cultivation of bees is extensive. The pro- 
duct of honey and of bees-wax is therefore large, 
and an important source of revenue. 

Do poultry flourish on the island ? 

Yes, everywhere. They abound in all markets. 

What industry, under favorable conditions, 

is likely to become preeminent ? 
Fruit-growing. 

How many farms, ranches, and plantations 
in Cuba ? 

More than 100,000, valued at ^30,000,000. Many of 
the farms contain less than 100 acres. 

SUGAR. 

What are the estimated capabilities of sugar- 
producing lands in Cuba ? 

If entirely devoted to that industry, the whole 
Vfesteru Hemisphere could be supplied. 

What is the nature of the Cuban sugar lands ? 
They are all upland soils, quite different from the 
lowlands of Louisiana, and excel in fertility those 
of all the other West Indies, the cane requiring 
to be planted only once in seven years, instead of 
every year, as in Antigua. 

:n what part of the island 

plantations found ? 

In the higher agricultural district, on the north side, 
in the region of the red earth, known as the Vuelta 
Arriba. 

iow are the sugar estates equipped, with 
egard to machinery ? 

Up to the outbreak of the last revolution the 
mechanical equipment was the finest apd most 
modern in the world. Altho this industry during 
the past three years has been almost destroyed, a 
rapid revival is anticipated under the conditions 
now existing. 



are sugar-cane 



BEE 
CULTURE 



FARMS AND 
PLANTA- 
TIONS 



SUGAR 
LANDS 



SUGAR 

ESTATE 

EQUIPMENT 



32 



CUBA. 



MOLASSES 
AND RUM 



What is the sugar product per annum under 
favorable conditions"? 

More than 1,000,000 tons. 
What was the total product of sugar during 
the fiscal year 1896-97 ? 

212,051 tons, being 13,170 tons less than the previous 

year. 
What is the average export of sugar under 
favorable conditions ? 

1,024,000 tons, of v.hich 906,000 tons go to the United 

States. 
When was the sugar-cane industry estab- 
lished in Cuba ? 

In 1523, when King Phihp I. made a loan of 4,000 

piasters to each person engaging in its production. 
To what extent is molasses manufactured 
in Cuba ? 

In 1890 the product was 110,000 tons. 
What is the export of rum from Cuba ? 

9,308 kegs were shipped in 1893, mostly to Central 

and South America. 



WHERE 
TOBACCO 
PROSPERS 



QUALITY OF 
TOBACCO 



TOBACCO. 

the tobacco growing area 



of the 



How is 
island divided ? 

Into two unequal parts, called La Vuelta de Arriba 
and La Vuelta de Abajo, the tobacco produced 
within each area having distinctive qualities. 
Where is tobacco grown with greatest suc- 
cess ? 

It grows well in all parts of the island, " but the 
chief seat of its cultivation is along the southern 
slopes of the Cordillera de las Organos, in Pinar del 
Rio, the famous Vuelta Abajo region, which pro- 
duces the finest leaf in the world. 

Is the leaf known as ''Havana tobacco" 
grown near that city ? 

No, it is frequently from land on the borders of the 
rivers Hondo, Sico, and Teo, in a mountainous 
country intersected by little valleys, the slightly 
sanded soil of Avhich is well adapted for the growth 
of fine tobacco. 
Of what quality is the exported Cuban to- 
bacco f 

Poor and medium, as a rule. The best tobacco is 
hardly ever exported. Cubans, of all classes and 



CATECHISM. 



bd 



ages and of both sexes, are inveterate smokers, and 
?hey' insist on using the best leaf grown on the 
and Tobacco for home consumption is frequently 
pt chased in advance of the crops. It is estxma ed 
that at least 5,000,000 cigars per diem are consumed 
in Cuba. 



HAVANA- 
MADE 
CIGARS 



Are all Havana-made cigars of Cuban to- 

^^ No° L an illustration, in one year, out of 515 333,000 
S'ars exported from Havana, only 251,333,000 were 
made from Cuban leaf, the remainder havmg been 
imported from Puerto Rico. 

Is the import of Puerto Rican tobacco now 

permitted in Cuba ? 

No; theprohibitoryordertookeffecton Jan.15,1898 

It was issued in consequence of fraud chscovered at 
Havana, whereby cigars made from Puerto Rican 
tobacco were exported as Cuban product. 

How many persons are usually engaged in 

tobacco cultivation ? 

About 80,000. 

What is the estimated average tobacco crop 
of Cuba? , , 

560 000 bales of 110 lbs., 338,000 bales being exported, 
and the remainder used in cigar and cigarette man- 
ufacture in Havana. 

What was the export of tobacco leaf from 

Cuba in 1896? 
16,823,000 lbs. 

How many cigarettes were made in Cuba in 
1891? 

732,000,000. 

How many cigars were made in Havana in 
1892 ? 

167,000,000. 

What was the export of cigars in 1896 ? 

185,914,000. 

Are there many cigar factories in Havana ? 

Yes- a large number, giving employment to thou- 
sands of people of both sexes and all ages. 

Is coffee cultivated in Cuba ? 

Yes; to a hmited extent. Many trees have been cut 
downandreplacedwithsugar-cane,amoreprofitable 

product. 



PUERTO 

RICAN 
TOBACCO 



CIGARETTES 
AND CIGARS 



COFFEE 



CUBA. 



COFFEE 



COTTON 



VEGETABLES 

AND 

PLANTS 



FLORA 



Has the coffee industry of Cuba suffered from 
competing markets ? =>unerea :rom 

Yes; the favorite products of Brazil and Java have 
destroyed the export market for Cuban coffee 

We n/aXf '' '""^"^' '^"^^^^' '^ ^^^^'^ '^^ 
^^J^^'i^f^ -^^' ^— b^^ ^- the 

The mountain sides and hill lands of the east. The 

tw f .?^ f ^'^ ^'^'^^ ^° ^^^'^ localities equals 
that of the Jamaican Blue Mountain growth 

What was the product of Coffee in 1806 ? 

Nearly 2,000,000 pounds, nine-tenths being grown in 
bantiago province. 

Is cotton an important product of Cuba ? 

Not at present, altho natural conditions are favor- 
able along the coasts and on the islets. 

VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 

^For details of the Cuban vegetable Ungdom, ^cith Spanish 

names ana English equivalents, see te:ctfollowiZ 

this Catechism of Cuba.} 

Whkh are the leading vegetables, plants, and 

The sweet and bitter cassava, and the sweet potato 
Sweet cassava root is eaten as a vegetable. The root 
ot a bitter cassava is converted into bread, after its 
poisonous juice has been extracted. The sweet po- 
tato, and other farinaceous roots are common Ar- 
rowroot and the lemon tree are also Cuban growths 
^Foraetailsof Cuban flowers, with Spanish names and English 
equivalents, see textfolloxoing this Catechism of Cuba.! 

How many flowering plants are there in Cuba? 

According to a botanical catalogue issued, there are 
3 350 indigenous flowering plants, besides those intro- 
inTuba Europeans. The epiphyhst orchid grows 

Why^is Cuba called the "Pearl of the An- 

From its wealth of flora. Over 3,350 native plants 

ZLT;T "^°^ "^^^^^ ^^^^ ^-^ ^--'-^ 

trfl^a^ort^^e1stal,^d%'°^"^^ ^'^ ^"^^^"^ - 

Those of the other West Indies, the southern part of 
Florida, and the Central American seaboard. 



CATECHISM. 



35 



Which forest tree is at once the most stately 
and the most valuable ? 

The palm. The most common species, the Palma 
Real, is found in all parts, but especially in the west. 

How many species of palms are there in Cuba? 

More than thirty, including the royal palm. 

of the provinces is the pine tree 



PALMS AND 
PINES 



WOODS 



In which 
found ? 

In Pinar del Rio. It also flourishes on the Isle of 
Pines. Both districts are named from this tree. 

Which are the principal woods found in Cuba? 

Mahogany, cedar, logwood, redwood, ebony, lignum- 
vitae, and caiguaran (which is more durable in the _ 
ground than iron or steel); granadilla, the cocoa 
wood (out of which reed instruments are made), and 
cedrela odorata, which is used for cigar boxes and 
linings of cabinet work. 

Among the indigenous woods of Cuba, which 

are the most valuable ? 

Mahogany and other hard woods, such as the Cuban 
ebony, cedar, sabicla, and granadilla (used in manu- 
factures, cabinet work, and ship building). There 
is a considerable export of these woods. 

\_For further details concerning Cuban trees and woods, giving 

Spanish names and English equivalents, see text 

following this Catechism of Cuba.^ 

Is the growth of bananas and plantains an 
important industry ? 

It was, prior to the last insurrection. Since that 
time the cultivation of this fruit has been intei'- 
rupted by internal disturbances, but under promis- 
ing conditions it is bound to flourish again. 

What districts have proved most favorable 
for banana cultivation ? 

The vicinity of Nuevitas and Baracoa, at the eastern 

end of the island. 
Which months are considered to be the ba- 
nana season in Cuba ? 

From February to December. 
How does the Cuban banana rank among 
United States imports ? 

As the largest and finest received. 

What is the average export of bananas, 
under favorable conditions ? 

One ship load per diem, chiefly from Baracoa. 



FRUITS 



BANANAS 



36 



CUBA. 



ORANGES 



OLIVES 



Which are the most esteemed fruits of Cuba? 

The pineapple and orange. 

Is the growth of oranges in Cuba confined to 

one province or section ? 

No; this fruit, of a deUcious flavor, grows spontane- 
ously in all parts of the island. 

Has any attention been paid to the export of 

the orange from Cuba ? 
None whatever. 

Where are pineapples grown ? 

In western Cuba, and on the Isle of Pines. 

What is the virtue of the Myrtacee fruit 

which grows in Cuba ? 

It is made into pepper of cloves and forms an im- 
portant article of commerce. 

Are olives plentiful in Cuba ? 

Yes ; the variety of specimens is greater than that of 
any other country, 

IFor further details of Cubanfruit.% giving Spanish names and 

English eqiiivalents, see text folloicing this 

Catechism of Cuba.'] 



MINERALS 



IRON MINES 



IfllNF^RAIi KINGDOM. 

IFor details concerning Cuban minerals, glcing Spanish names 

and English equivalents, see text following this 

Catechism of Cuba.'] 

What are the leading mineral resources of 
Cuba? 

Iron ore, asphaltum, manganese, copper, and salt. 
The copper is abundant and of superior quality. 

What other minerals are found in Cuba ? 

Platina, gold, silver, lead, gypsum, jasper, and 

marble. Gold is not mined. 
Is anything definite known concerning the 
existence of iron ? 

It is generally believed that iron exists in various 

districts, and many parts of the great Cordillera 

undoubtedly contain rocks of a ferruginous nature. 

Extensive mining operations— except near Santiago 

— have not yet been engaged in. 
How many iron mines were there in Cuba at 
the end of 1891 ? 

There were 138. 
How many men are employed in the iron 
mines ? 

From 800 to 1,400. 



CATECHISM. 



37 



^ Where are the iron mines now in use and 
what is their product ? 

^ A few miles east of Santiago de Cuba The Juragua 
Iron Company, in 1896, mined 350,000 tons The 
. Daiquiri company also has mines in the vicmity. 

What is the combined capital of the Juragua 
! and Daiquiri companies ? 
Over $5,000,000. 
Of what description is the iron ore found in 

these mines ? . i ., 

The products of the Santiago mines are mmeralogic- 
i ally peculiar, being the result of replacement m 

limestone. They are mixed brown and red hematite 
(turgite). The ore is rich, yielding from 66 to 67 per 
cent of pure iron. It is very free from sulphur and 
phosphorus. 

Are the mines owned and operated by natives 

or foreigners ? 

They are controlled by an American company, ihe 
last insurrection practically brought the work to 
a standstill for the time being. 

What quantity of iron ore is shipped per 

month to the U. S. ? 

From 30,000 to 50,000 tons, the largest portion being 
used at Bethlehem, Steelton, Sparrow's Point, and 
Pittsbui'g. 

When, and in which province was copper first 

discovered ? 

Santa Clara, in 1827. 

Where are the mines situated ? 

On the Sierra Maestra range, twelve miles from 
Santiago de Cuba. 

What has been the product of these mines 

when fully worked ? 

50 tons per diem. _ 

How many copper mines were there in Cuba 

at the end of 1891 ? 

There were 53. 
Are any gold or silver mines open in Cuba at 
present ? 

Silver is rained at this time, but in small quantities. 

Where were the first silver mines located, 
and what did they produce ? 

In Santa Clara; their yield in 1827 was 140 oz. to the 
too; but they were soon worked out. 



IRON ORE 



COPPER 



GOLD AND 
SILVER 



88 



CUBA. 



MANGANESE? 



ASPHALTUM 



COAL 



What was the quality of the first silver etc 
mined in Cuba? 

The yield produced 7 oz. of pure silver to the quintal 
(107% lbs.) of ore. 

Where is manganese usually found in Cuba ? 

In the Sierra Maestra range, on the southern coast 
from Santiago west to MazaniUo, within a distance 
of about 100 miles. 

How many manganese mines were there in 
Cuba at the end of 1891 ? 

There were 88. 

Is slate found in Cuba ? 

Yes; the Sierra Maestra, the most important moun- 
tarn range, is largely formed of slate. 

cibaV^ ^^^ "^"^^ quality of slate quarried in 

It is thick; suitable for floors and pavements. Slate 
of this kind is quarried near Havana. 

Where does asphaltum occur? 

In several parts of the island, in the beds of late cre- 
taceous and early eocene age. At Villa Clara occurs 
an unusually large deposit, which, for forty years 
has supplied the material for making the illumina- 
ting gas of the city. 

To whom do the asphaltum mines belong ? 
To American investors, who bought them during the 
year preceding the last revolution. So far, their 
investment has brought no returns, owing to the 
unsettled condition of the country. 

Where are marbles and jaspers found, and of 
what description are they ? 

In many parts of the island. They are of various 
colors, and susceptible of a high polish. The Isle of 
Pines contains these stones in large quantities. 
Is the lodestone found in Cuba ? 
Yes; in various parts. 

Of what description and quality is Cuban 
coal ? 

It is highly bituminous, affording a strong heat and 
leaving very little solid residue in the form of ashes 
or cmders. This bituminous coal is abundant In 
some places it resembles asphaltum. Near the coast 
It is often found in a semi-liquid state, like petro- 
leum or naphtha. 
Are mineral oils found in Cuba ? 



CATECHISM. 



89 



ft.re there salt pits and works in Cuba ? 

There are a few natural ones, unworked. There are 
also salt works at the bight of Ma j ana. The works at 
Choco have yielded nearly 4,000 arrobes (of 25 lbs.) of 
salt annually. There are also works at Punta del 
Padre, and at the ports of Malagneta, Padre, and 
Nipe, and in the Bay of Guantanamo. 

Where is salt chiefly found ? 

In the cays, adjacent to the north coast. It is of 
great purity. 

flLre there mineral springs in Cuba ? 

The island abounds in them, but no provision has 
yet been made for their proper utilization for bath- 
ing and drinking purposes. 

Which are the most celebrated Cuban medi- 

:inal waters ? 

Those of San Diego, Pueblo Nuevo, Mesa, Copey, 
Guanabacoa, Jabaco (near Macurijes), Bija, and 
Cedron (7 leagues from Aserradero, and 4 leagues 
from Santiago). In the Island of Pines, the waters 
of Santa Fe. 

ANIMAL KINGDOM. 

For details, concerning (Juhan animaU, giving Spanish names 

and English equivalents, see textfollowing this 

Catechism of Cuba.} 

Which are the most valuable of the domestic 

inimals in Cuba ? 

The ox, horse, and pig. They form a large propor- 
tion of the animal wealth of the island. 

[s Cuba favorable for the breeding of horses ? 
Yes, they are bred in all parts of the island. 

What are the characteristics of the Cuban 

lorse ? 

It is a stout pony, descended from Andalusian stock, 
with the build of a cob and a peculiar pacing gait, 
which renders it an exceptional easy riding animal. 

Do goats and sheep flourish in Cuba ? 

No. The vt^ool of Cuban sheep changes into a stiff 
hair, like that of the goat. 

What are the totals of horses, mules, cattle, 

sheep, and pigs in Cuba ? 

Horses and mules, 584,725; cattle, 2,485,766 ; sheep, 
78.494; pigs, 570,194. (1892.) 

What wild animals abound in the woods of 
:uba? 

Wild dogs and cats, sprung from domesticated ani- 
mals and differing from them only in habits and size. 
They are very destructive to poultry and cattle. 



SALT 



MINERAL 
WATERS 



HORSES, 
MULES, ETC. 



40 



CUBA. 



NOXIOUS 
INSECTS 



SNAKES 

AND 
REPTILES 



What quadruped is peculiar to Cuba ? 

The Jutia or Hutia. It is shaped like a rat, and is 
from twelve to eighteen inches in length, exclusive 
of the tail. It is of a clear black color. It inhabits 
the hollows and clefts of trees, feeding on leaves and 
fruits. Its flesh is insipid, but is sometimes eaten. 

Where are deer found in Cuba ? 

In swampy districts. They are supposed to have 
been introduced from the American continent. 

What is a conspicuous feature among birds 

indigenous to Cuba ? 

The beauty of their plumage. These birds are very 
numerous, including upwards of two hundred spe- 
cies. 

Are there many birds of prey in Cuba ? 

Very few. Among well-known birds in Cuba the 
vulture and turkey-buzzard are protected by law 
and custom, because of their services in the removal 
of offal. 

iFor details concerning Cuban birds, giving Spanish namei 

aiid English equivalents, see textfolloicing this 

Catechism of Cuba.) 

Among Cuban insects, which are the most 
conspicuous ? 

The bee and the phosphorescent fly. These latter 
are very numerous, and much used among the poorer 
inhabitants of the island. Fifteen or twenty of them 
confined in a calabash shell, pierced with holes, fre- 
quently serve during the night as a kind of lantern. 

Are there any noxious insects in Cuba ? 

Yes, including the Chigoe or jiggers, a species of ant 
called Vivajagua, the mosquito, the sand-fly, scorpion 
(less poisonous than that of Europe), and spiders, 
whose bite is malignant enough to produce fever. 

\_For details concernining Cuban insects, giving Spanish names 

and English eqriivalents, see textfolloicing this 

Catechism of Cuba.^ 

Are snakes numerous in Cuba ? 

Not very. The largest, called the Maja, is from 12 to 
14 feet in length, and from 18 to 20 inches in circum- 
ference; but it is harmless. A venomous snake is 
the Juba, which is about six feet long. 
Do reptiles abound in Cuba ? 

The reefs and shallows, and the sandy portions of 
the beach, abound in turtle; and the crocodile, caj^- 
man, and iguana are common. 

IFor details concerning Cuban reptiles, giriiig Spanish 7iames 

and English equivalents, see textfolloicing this 

Catechism of Cuba.'\ 



CATECHISM. ^1 



s there a plentiful supply of fish in Cuba ? 

Yes; the rivers, bays, and iulets are well supplied^ FISH 

Oysters and other shell-fish are numerous, but ot 

inferior quality. 
\re crabs common in Cuban waters ? 
^ Large numbers of land-crabs are frequently seen; 

they cross the island from north to south every 
' spring, when the rains commence. 
■For details concermnrj Cuban JisI,, giving Spanish names mid 
English equivalents, see text following this 
Catechism of Cuha.^ 

FINANCE. 

iFor details concerning coins, weights, and measures now 
, known in Cuba, see text following this Catechism of Cuba.-] 

What were the total receipts of Cuba for the 
fiscal year 1893-94 ? receipts 

24 440,759 pesos (of 97 cents). AND EX- 

What were the total expenditures of Cuba for penditures 
the fiscal year 1893-94 ? 

25,984,239 pesos (of 97 cents). 

What was the estimated debt of Cuba on 
July I, 1895? 

$295,807,264. 

COMLIflERCE AND SHIPPING. 

IFor details concerning Cuban shipping regulations now in 

force, see official statements following this Catechism 

and text on Cuba.] 

What is the value of foreign trade with ^^^^^^^ 
Havana ? trade 

$50,000,000 per annum. 
How many vessels entered the most important 
harbors of Cuba during 1894 ? 
3,181, with a tonnage of 3,538,539. 
What are the principal imports of Cuba ? 

Rice, jerked beef, and flour. 
What was the value of imports of Cuba dur- 
ing the year ending April, 1896 ? 

$86,166,754. 

Which are the chief imports from England, 
United States, and Germany ? 

Foods, alcohol, tin, and metal wares, and boards. 



42 



CUBA. 



IMPORTS 

AND 
EXPORTS 



TOTAL 
EXPORTS 



UNITED 
STATES 
IMPORTS 



18,051,381 Pesos (of 97 cents), (1892). 
Tunned 11°^^^ r'"^ o'^""" -Po^^ f^-n 

16,245,880 Pesos (of 97 cents), (1892) 
r,599,75r(IS97). 

Z'nJt%,%\J,ti^^[^l7'^'' expons fro™ 

$660,019 (1897). 

What is the total value of Cuban imports from 

18,553,307 Pesos (of 97 cents), (1892). 
What are the principal Cuban exports ? 

$94,395,536 ^ 

oJba' 17x^8977"'"^ "'"""^'"^ imports from 

$17,136,756. 

^dXl%;*^:f:iTi%T"''« ^-P-ted free 
p'^r'lsVrr c*u\V^'f 3 -?-■ -'- of free i.- 

$1,270,950. 
$84,964,685 (1892). 

What is the total annual value of min«..,t 
ducts exported from Cuba? "^"^^"^^^^ P^O" 

$3,485,925 (1892) 

dTc'i^sV4l!;?eJr.Tura'r'- °^-'-' P™- 

$871,625 (1892). 

* To the Uulted States. 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



43 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



Archipelagoes:— There are four archipelagoes near 
the island; two on the northern coast, and the other two 
Ion the southern. 

On the Northern Coas^;— Guaniguanico, which extends 
from Miintua to the port of Mulata, and comprehends 
the pei'ilous shoals of Los Colorados and the notable 
keys of lues de Soto with water-store ; Rapado and 
Santa Isabel. 

The Archipelago of Sabana Camaguey may be divided 
in two parts, one named Siibana, which extends f*om 
the Cape Hicacos to the island of Turiguano, and includes 
the keys Piedras, Diana, and Copey (in the bight of 
Cardenas), Cruz del Padre, with a lighthouse adjoining. 
Cruz de las cinco leguas, Cayo Bahia de Cadiz, with 
anchorage and lighthouse, and Cayo Frances opposite 
Caibarien with anchorage. 

The second pax't is called Camaguey, which Columbus 
named the " Tingo Garden " ; this comprises the island 
of Turiguano, notable for its extension and for being 
situated almost in the center of the island; Cayo Coco, 
the island of Cayo Romano (divided into two parts), and 
Paredon Grande with a lighthouse ; Baril, Cayo Cruz, 
Cayo Confites, and the island of Guajaba. 

On the Soidhern Coast /—To the eastward, Jardinas 
de la Reina, extending from Cape Cruz to Trinidad, 
comprising Saberinto de las Doce Leguas, and the low- 
land of Buena Esperanza, and to the westward that of 
Canarreos or Jardines and Jardinillos, extending from 
the bay of Cochinos to the lake of Cortez; it contains 
the keys of Largo, Flamenco, Blanco, Potatillos, Indios, 
and the notable island of Pines. 

Capes— Oji- the Northern Coast :— The most notable 
capes of the northern coast are : Cape San Antonio, the 
most westerly point of the island, with a lighthouse 
named Roncali; Punta Brava at the west of Havana; 
the projections of Guano, and Maya at the entrance of the 
bay of Matanzas. At the extreme north lies the cape of 
Hicacos, and this, in its northern extremity, contains 
Point Francis, which is the most northernly point of the 
island. Cape Maternillas is close to the entrance of the 
port of Nuevitas, with a lighthouse named Colon. Cape 
Maisi is the extreme oriental terminus, and Cape Lucre- 
tia northeast. 

On the Southern Coast : — Point Ingles, the most 
southern of the island; Cape Cruz, Point Padre at the 
west of the entrance of the bay of Cochinos; Points Don 



ARCHIPEL- 
AGOES 



TINGO 
GARDEN ' 



CAPES 



44 CUBA. 



PENINSULAS 



Cristobal and Punta Gorda at the extreme west of Cape 
Matahambre in the peninsula of Zapata; Points Fisga 
and Piedras, which enclose the little gulf called Laguna 
de Cortes; Cape Corrientes; Point Holandes, which form 
the mouth of the bight of Juan Claro, and the Point 
Este, in the Isle of Pines. 

Peninsulas:— The most notable peninsulas of the island 
are Guanahacabibes on the Cape of San Antonio ; La 
Rosa, on the lake of Ariguanabo; Zapata (the largest in 
the island), Hicacos, five leagues in length, which en- 
closes on the northeast the bight of Cardenas ; Sabinal ; 
Entre-saco, between the ports of Mayari and Cabonico, 
and La Torre, between Banes and Nipe. 

Canals and Straits :— There are many straits and 
canals around the island ; they may be placed in two 
classes: first, those appertaining to all nations; secondly, 
those which wholly belong to Cuba. The straits and 
canals common to all nations are : The Florida Canal ; 
that of Ocampo, between Roques and the Grand Banks 
of Bahama; the Old Canal of Bahama, which extends 
from San Juan de los Remedios to the cape of Lucretia, 
serving for vessels which come from Europe or the east, 
CANALS AND ^^ '^'^^^ ^^^^ ^^^*^ canal of Alaminos, which is situate at 
STRAITS ^^^® north of Matanzas, and serves the vessels which go 
to Europe, this latter also called the New Canal of tha 
Bahamas; the passage of Maysi, between Cuba and Haiti, 
the strait of Colon, and that of Yucatan, between the 
capes of San Antonio and Catoche. 

On the Northern Coast :— The canal of Parga oppo- 
site to the mouth of the river Palma; the small canal 
Boca de Marillanes, the principal entrance to the interior 
port of Sagua la Grande, and the strait Boca de las Cara- 
beles del Principe, between the island of Guajabaand 
the peninsula of Sabinal, by which it is supposed Colum- 
bus entered when he discovered the island in 1492. 

On the Southern Coast :— The canal of Baliindras, at 
the east of the lowland of Buena Esperanza; that of 
Cuatro Reales, at the south of the port of Santa Cruz 
(this serves as the terminus of the maritime division); 
the canal of Canarreas, which serves the navigation 
between Batabano and Cienfuegos; that of Rosario, be- 
tween the bank of Los Jardines and Jardinillas and the 
whole island of Pines; the canal of La Haclia, which 
serves the navigation between Batabano and Vuelta 
PORTS Abajo; and, finally, the canal Ingles, at the north of the 
island of Pines. 

Ports:— The principal ports of the province of Pinar 
del Rio are the bight of Cajon, near the bay of San 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



45 



« Antonio; the large lake, called a creek, of Guadiana; the 

harbors of Mantua (with abundant traffic); Baja, Santa 

Lucia, Cayetano, and La Mulata, a port with anchorage 

for brigs. Other ports in this province are Bahia Honda, 

' a good port, twenty eight land leagues f rona Havana, 

i with anchorage for ships; Ortigosa, a port at the mouth 

j of the river Santiago ; Cabanas, a port of the second 

class, two leagues in extent ; Mariel, a port thirteen 

leagues from Havana; Mosquitos, Guaijabon, and Bant;s, 

small ports. The ports of Mapana, Coloma, and Colon, 

are also in this province. 

In the province of Havana the following ports are in 
use:— Jaimanitas, a small port; Havana, a first-class 
port with great traffic, having a lighthouse at its en- 
trance; Cojimar, Bacuranao, Rincon, and Jaruco, small 
ports, and Santa Cruz, an anchoring place. 
In Matanzas province Canasi and Puerto Escondido 
' are both anchorages ; Matanzas is a large and fre- 
quented harbor; Siguapa has harbor and wharf; Carde- 
nas, a bight or creek, in the flourishing city of that 
name, and the frequented harbors of Siguagua, Jiicaro, 
Canal de San Mateo, and La Teja. 

The ports in the province of Santa Clara are Sierra 
Morena, Pozas, and Carabatas harbors; Sagua la Grande, 
an interior port, stationed seven leagues from the mouth 
of the river of that name; Granadi villa, a quay of the 
interior, situate three leagues from the mouth of the 
river Caonao, and nine from Santa Clara; Caibarien, a 
large bight, which is used for dry-dock purposes, and 
otherwise serviceable; San Juan de los Remedios, Perros, 
or Mamon, a port at the mouth of a river of the same 
name; and Moron, or Laguna Grande, a lake of some 
traffic. 

On the southern coast is the magnificent port of Cien- 
fuegos. There are also several of smaller size. 

The ports in the province of Puerto Principe include 
La Guanaja, a creek and port, which serves for the com- 
merce of Puerto Principe, altho it has lost much of its 
importance since the construction of the railroad of 
Nuevitas; Sabinal, a large bay by whose mouth, Boca de 
las Carabelas, it is thought, Columbus entered when he 
discovered the country, and Nuevitas, one of the largest 
ports in the island, with a lighthouse at its mouth. 

The ports of the province of Santiago de Cuba are 
Manati, Malagueta, and Puerto del Padre, large ports; 
Gibara, a port for Holguien; Vita, Naranjo, and Biines, 
excellent ports; and Maniabon, an interior port. 

Other ports in the same province are Nipe, the largest 
port of the island, and one of the best in the world; Ma- 



PORTS IN 

EACH 
PROVINCE 



MATANZAS 



CIENFUEGOS 



A 



46 



CUBA. 



PORTS BY 
PROVINCES 



MOUNTAINS 
IN EACH 
PROVINCE 



PAN DE 
MATANZAS 



yari, a harbor, situate in the port of Nipe, and three 
leagues from the city of the same name, with much 
traffic; Lebisa and Cabcnico, large ports, with only one 
entrance between them; Sagua de Tanamo, an interior 
port, four leagues from the mouth of the river of that 
name, with a town and moderate traffic; Baracoa, a 
creek and port of the city of its name; and Mata, the 
most easterly port of the island. 

The following ports are in the province of Santiago 
de Cuba on the southern coast :~Guantanamo, a large 
bay, containing various ports; Cuba, a large and mag- 
nificent port, secure and well defended. It has a light- 
house; Manzanillo, a secure port, with a fortification in 
the city of its name; Cauto del Embarcadero, situate 
twenty-five leagues from the mouth of the river Canto, 
and six from Bayamo, to which port come vessels of 200 
tons; and Birama, a large creek. 

South of Puerto Principe are Santa Cruz, a bight, 
twenty-two leagues southward; Sabanalamar, a harbor, 
very close to the dividing line. 

On the Isle of Pines are the ports of Nueva Gerona and 
Santa Fe, on the river of the same name. 

Mountains:— The most notable groups are between 
Santa Clara and Trinidad, between Havana and 
Cardenas, and those in the extremes of east and 
west. There are eleven groups: two in the province 
of Pinar del Rio, one in the provinces of Havana and 
Matanzas, four in the province of Santa Clara, one in 
that of Puerto Principe, and three in that of Santiago 
de Cuba. 

Groups in the Province of Pinar del Rio:— 1. Guani- 
guanico, which comprehends the range of its name; the 
Pan de Azucar; the Pan de Guajaibon, 3,050 feet in 
height; the acclivity of Cuzco (notable for its equable 
temperature, and for the excellent coffee produced 
there), and others. 

2. That of Mariel, in which must be distinguished the 
Mesa del Mariel, 300 feet in height. 

Provinces op Havana and Matanzas:— The group in 
these provinces extends as far as Cardenas. The prin- 
cipal mountains are the Sierra of Bejucal, the Sierra of 
Jaruco, the noted Pan de Matanzas, the acclivity (or 
loma) of Camoa, on the highroad between Havana and 
GiUnes, and others. 

Province of Santa Clara:— 1. The Jumaguas group, 
which comprehends the unimportant sierra of its name, 
and the Sierra Morena. 2. That of Sahana, which com- 
prehends the Sierras of Matahambre, 1,800 feet in 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



47 



height, and that of Bamburanao and Jatibonico, in San 
Juan de los Reniedios, which contains pure kaohn in its 
slopes. 

3. That of Cubanacan, which contains the craggy 
mountahis of Escambray, the source of teeming rivers, 
with rich mines of iron and copper, and from which gold 
and silver were extracted at the period of the conquest. 

4. That of Guamuhaya, in which is situate the Sierra 
of Jagua, between Cienfuegos and Trinidad; the moun- 
tains of Trinidad, the Cabeza del Muerto, 3,000 fee high, 
being the most prominent, and the acclivity, or hillock, 
of Marcela in Sancti Spiritus contains copper pyrites. 

Province op Puerto Principe:— The only group in the 
province is that of Camaguey. It contains the range of 
Cubitas, between Puerto Principe and La Guanaja, 
famous for its caves, and the mountain of Baytabo, con- 
taining rich copper mines. 

Province of Santiago de Cuba:— 1. The group of 
Maniabon, which contains the table mountains of 
Manati and Gibara, and the heights of Almaqui, from 
which gold has been extracted, and others. 

2. That of Macaca, which extends from the Cape of 
Cruz to the Baconiio, and is known as the Sierra Maestra. 
This group contains the highest mountains in the island, 
especially Pico de Turquino, 7,070 feet in elevation; Ojo 
de Toro, 3,500; the Gran Piedra, 5,200, notable for a large 
mole resting loosely on its crest, and the Sierra del Cobre, 
with many copper mines. 

3. That of Sagua Baracoa, in which is to be dis- 
tinguished the Sierra of Nipe to the south of Nipe; also 
those of Cristal and of Moa. The ranges of Monte 
Libano and Monte Taurus, between Guantanomo and 
Saguade Tanamo, producing great quantities of coffee, 
and the notable mountains of Yunque. 

Rivers:— The majority of the Cuban rivers are short 
and of little value, as nearly all of them flow towards the 
north or south. 

Principal Rivers Discharging their Waters in the 
North and East, Provinces op Pinar del, Rio and Ha- 
vana:— The Mantua, Pan de Azucar, Banes, Marianao, 
and Almendares (the ancient Casiguaguas). This last 
rises in the hillock of Gallo in Tapfiste, and is then called 
Calabazar, discharging two leagues west of Havana, 
supplying water to the city by means of an iron aque- 
duct and a trench which, at present, is only used for 
irrigation purposes. 

Province of Matanzas:— The Yumari, the Canimar 
and the Sa,n Juan, which are navigable and discharge 



MOUNTAINS 

BY 
PROVINCES 



HEIGHTS OF 
ALMAQUI 



RIVERS 
IN EACH 
PROVINCE 



48 



CUBA. 



RIVERS BY 
PROVINCES 



THE 
MAXIMO 



THE 
CAUTO 



into the bay of Matanzas; the tortuous river of La Palma, 
navigable for three miles only, and others of short 
course. 

Province of Santa Clara:— That of Sagua la Grande, 
the largest of the northern coast. It rises in the moun- 
tains of Escambray, and its length is 35 leagues (seven 
of which are navigable). The Caonao, navigable for 
four and a half miles; Sagua la Chica, which also rises 
in Escambray (Cubanacan group), and forms the boun- 
dary line between Sagua, Villa Clara, and Remedies. 

Other rivers met with in this province are the Zatibon- 
ico del Norte, which rises in the sierra of that name, 
disappears for a distance from its source, and then reap- 
pears, forming roaring cascades. 

Province of Puerto Principe:— The Los Perros river, 
with a port for coast trade; the Yana, which discharges 
at the east of the island of Turiguano; the Caonao, a 
river of some length; the Maximo, which discharges in 
the bay of Sabinal, and is only remarkable for the sup- 
position that Columbus disembarked at its mouth when 
he discovered the island on the 14th of October, 1492. 

Province of Santiago de Cuba:— The Yarigua, which 
terminates in the port of Manati; the Mayari, with three 
cascades, discharging at the mouth of the port of Nipe; 
the Moa, short, but with a cascade, 300 feet in depth in 
its affluent, the Tayaguabon; the Toa, a considerable 
river, which discharges at the northwest of Baracoa; 
and finally the Macaguanigua, which discharges in the 
port of Baracoa, carrying small pearls in its mouth. On 
the shores of the Macaguanigua fine opals have been 
found. 

Rivers of the Southern Coast from East to West:— 
Province of Santiago de Cuba: the Joj6, which is trav- 
ersed eighteen times by the road from Cuba to Baracoa, 
within four leagues only; the Sabanalamar, the bound- 
ary between Guantanamo and Bai*acoa; the Ciiuto, the 
largest and richest river of the island, rising in the Sierra 
del Cobre, and having a cou rse of CO leagues. The Cauto 
has affluents of little importance, and has been navigable 
since the year 1516. 

Province of Puerto Principe:— The Jobaba; the Naj- 
asa, at the south of Puerto Principe; the San Pedro, or 
Santa Clara, 23 leagues in length, and which in its origin 
receives the rivulets Tinima and Jatibonico, which 
cross the province of Puerto Principe and the Sabanala- 
mar. 

Province of Santa Clara:— Jatibonico del Sur, which 
by San Antonio del Jibaro; it is navigable by 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



49 



: "schooners for the space of three leagues; the Zaza, 
1 thirty-five leagues in length, passes by the town of Algo- 
doiial. The town of Tunas is at its mouth. The San 
Juan, which is the boundary between Trinidad and 
Cienfuegos; the Arimao, which waters the plains of 
L Manicaragua, and discharges opposite the port of Jagua 
(Cienfuegos), with which it is united by an arm; the Sal- 
ado and Damuji, and the Hanabana, which rises at the 
south of the town of Alvarez, and discharges in the lake 
of Tesoro. 

Province op Havana:— The Atiquanieo, which dis- 
charges in the lake of La Broa, and defines the limits 
between the provinces of Santa Clara and Havana; the 
Mayabeque, which, rising in the Catalina, and passing 
by Giiines, waters the fertile plains of that city; the 
, Gov^a, which discharges in the lake of Ariguanabo; the 
, San Antonio, which rises in this lake, and romantically 
submerges itself below an ancient and spreading ceiba 
tree, at the south of San Antonio, after having traversed 
the city. 

Province op Pinar delRio:— San Diego, eleven leagues 
in length, which rises in one of the rifts of the Gavilanes, 
and, in its course, passes under a remarkable natural 
arch, called Las Portales; it passes by the baths of San 
Diego, and the landing place of Herman Cortes, and dis- 
charges close to the anchorage of Dayaniguas; La Col- 
oma, with a fort; Guama, which passes Pinar del Rio; 
Rio Hondo, San Juan y Martinez, with excellent fields of 
tobacco on its shores; and, finally, the Cuyaguateje, 
which, traversing a natural arch known as the Resolla- 
dero, discharges in the lake of Cortes. This last named 
river is the largest of the Vuelta-Abajo. 

Lakes:— The principal lakes in Cuba are Melones, Si- 
guanea, Algodonal, and Lopez; the lakes of Guadianaand 
Cortez; that of Santa Maria, close to San Luis; the im- 
mense lake of Ariguanabo, at the north of San Antonio 
de los Bancs, having an area of two leagues, a depth of 
six rods, and an abundance of fish. There are also the 
lakes of Guanamon, at the south of Nueva Paz; that of 
Guana jaybo, close to the railroad of Jucaro; that of 
Tesoro, on the north of the bay of Cochinos; and the 
improperly called lagoons of Maya and Moron, which are 
really extensive lakes. 

Roads:— The principal roads in Cuba include one of 15 
miles from Coloma to Pinar del Rio; another of 57 miles 
from Havana to San Cristobal, continuing to Pinar del 
Rio towards Guanajay; this is called the Western Road, 
and turning from this point (Guanajay), becomes south- 
west; a third from the corner of Tejas towards Bejucal, of 



RIVERS BY 
PROVINCES 



THE 
SAN DIEGO 



ROADS 



A 



50 



CUBA. 



ROADS 



16 miles, is called the Southern Road; a fourth from the 
town of Batabano to the anchoring place of the same 
name, is 2j^ miles in length; a fifth from the corner of 
Toyo to Giiines, known as the Southeast Road, and a 
sixth denominated the Eastern Road, runs from Lugano 
to La Gallega. It is 11 miles in length, and will be pro- 
longed to Matanzas. 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



PINAR 

DEL RIO 

PROVINCE 



HAVANA 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 

There are six provinces, i. e., Pinar del Rio, Havana, 
Matanzas, Santa Clara, Puerto Principe, and Santiago 
de Cuba. 

PROVINCE OF PINAR DEL RIO. 

Boundaries:— N., Gulf of Mexico; E., the province of 
Havana; S., the Sea of the Antilles; W., the Strait of 
Yucatan. 

As constituted under the late government, Puerto 
Principe is divided into four judicial districts, i. e., Pinar 
del Rio, San Cristobal, Guana jay, and Guane. 

CITIES AND TOWNS. 

District of Pinar del Rio:— Pinar del Rio, Alonso 
Rojas, San Luis, Yifiales, Consolacion del Norte, and 
Consolacion del Sur. 

District op San Cristobal:— San Cristobal, Candela- 
ria, Las Mangas, Paso Real de San Diego, Los Palacios, 
San Diego de los Baiios, and Santa Cruz, and de los 
Pin OS. 

District of Guanaj ay:— Guana jay, Mariel, Guayabal, 
Cayajabos, Bahia Honda, Cabaiias, and San Diego de 
Niinez. 

District of Guane:— Guane, Baja Mantua, San Juan, 
and Martinez. 

Pinar del Rio is the capital of the province. It posses- 
ses a Criminal Court of Appeals and an Institute of Sec- 
ondary Instruction. It is located 1571^ miles southwest 
of Havana. 

San Cristobal is located 77 miles from Havana. In its 
district lies the harbor of Dayaniguas, a sea-bathing 
place. 

Guanajay is a small town, and the terminus of the 
railroad branch of its name. It is on the highway of 
Vuelta Abajo, 35 miles from Havana. 

PROVINCE OF HAVANA. 

Boundaries:— N., the Florida Canal; E., the province 
of Matanzas; S., the Sea of the Antilles; W., the province 
of Pinar del Rio. 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



51 



Judicial Districts: -Havana (north province and 
south province), Havana City, Guanabacoa, Marianao, 
Jaruco, San Antonio de los Bancs, Bejucal, and Giiines. 

District op Havana:— La Habana and Maranao. 

District of Guanabacoa:— Guanabacoa, Regla, Santa 
Maria del Rosario, and Managua. 

District of Jaruco:— Jaruco, Bainoa, Aguacate, San 
Jose de las Lajas, San Antonio del Rio Blanco del Norte, 
Jibacoa, Tapaste, and Casiguas. 

District op San Antonio de los Banos:— San Antonio, 
Seiba del Agua, Alquizar, Giiira de Melena, and Vereda 
Nueva. 

District op Bejucal:— Bejucal, Batabano, Quivican, 
San Antonio de las Vegas, La Salud, Bauta el Cano, San- 
tiago de las Vegas, Isla de Pinos, and San Felipe. 

District op Guines:— Giiines, La Catalina, Melena del 
Sur, Madruga, Nueva Paz, San Nicolas, and Pipian. 

The following descriptive matter is taken from data 
furnished to the government by consular officers in 1896: 

Havana:— Havana, the capital city of the province of 
the same name, and of the Island of Cuba, is situated on 
the west side of the bay of Havana (formerly called 
Carenas), on a peninsula of level land of limestone for- 
mation, in latitude 23° 8' 15" north, and longitude 88» 22' 
45" west, and is on the narrowest part of the island. 

It is the seat of the general government, Superior 
Court of Havana (Audiencia), general direction of 
finance, naval station, arsenal, observatory, diocese of 
the bishopric, and the residence of all the adminis- 
trative officers of the island (civil, military, maritinje, 
judicial, and economic). 

It is over 3,500 miles from Cadiz, 1,240 miles from New 
York, and 90 miles from Kej'^ West. 

Its strategic position at the mouth of the Gulf of Mex- 
ico has aptly given it the name of the Key of the Gulf, 
and a symbolic key is emblazoned in its coat of arms. 

The entrance to the harbor, guarded on one side by 
the Morro and the frowning heights of La Cabaiia Fort, 
and on the other by the Punta and Reina batteries, is 
narrow, but expands into a wide and deep harbor, 
where a thousand ships can safely ride. 

Havana is, or was, a strongly fortified place, sur- 
rounded by imposing fortifications, such as the Cabafia, 
Morro Castle, Castillo del Principe, Fort Atares, Punta, 
Reina Battery, and Fort No. 4. 

The streets are generally narrow in the older part of 
the city, but outside the walls are many wide avenues. 

Havana has also its university, institute, seminary, 
theological and normal schools, academy of painting and 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



HAVANA 
CITY 



HAVANA 
BATTERIES 



52 



CUBA. 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



POPULATION 

OF 

HAVANA 

CITY 



MATANZAS 
PROVINCE 



sculpture asylums, civil, military and private hospitals, 
several theaters, the principal one, Tacon, being widely 
celebrated; a number of clubs, political, social, etc ■ 
societies of instruction and recreation, large markets, b. 
system of magnificent waterworks, an extensive and 
beautiful cemetery, sea baths, etc. 

Along the coast are summer places of resort, con- 
nected with the city by lines of horse and steam-cars 

Guanabacoa is a bathing resort, 7 miles from Havana 
It is reached by the highway of Luyano 

San Antonio is one of the termini of the branch rail- 
road of Guanajay. It is also a sea-bathing resort 

There are many churches and convents; a commemo- 
rative chapel fronts the palace close to a large ceiba 
tree, under which Diego Velasquez, the founder of the 
city, caused mass to be celebrated in 1519 

There are numerous cigar and cigarette factories, tan- 
neries, manufactories of sweetmeats, rum, candles, gas 
beer, carriages, soap, perfumery, glycerin, etc ' 

The population of Havana, from the last official esti- 
mate, is about 220,000. 

Its principal exports to the United States consist of 
tobacco, fruit, wax and honey, sugar, and molasses. 

All kinds of breadstuffs, lumber, coal, and machinery 
are imported from the United States. 

The chmate is generally ^-arm and humid, and marked 
by two clearly defined seasons-the wet and dry-the 
former ranging from June to December, September and 
October being considered the hurricane months. The 
trade winds blow generally with great regularity, and 
the heat of the day is cooled by evening breezes. 

PROVINCE OF MATANZAS. 

BouNDARiEs:-N., the Florida canal; S. and E the 
province of Santa Clara; W., that of Havana 

Judicial Districts: -North and South Matanzas, Car- 
denas. Alfonso XII. , and Colon. 

Cities and Towns. 

District OF Matakzas: -Matanzas city, Santa Ana, 
Canasi, and Guamacaro. 

iavrnT °^ ^-^^^^^'^^--Cardenas, Guamutas, Guana- 
jayabo, Cimarrones and Lagunillas 

C^Zn T ^n''''"''^ ^^n.:-Altonso XII., Bolondron. 
Reyes ^^^^""'^^^ ^^' Encomendar, and Union de los 

District op CoLoNr-Colon, Jovellanes, Roque, Palm- 
iUas, Cervantes, Cuevitas, Macurijes, Macagua, and Sau 
Jose de los Ramos. 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



53 



Matanzas is beautifully situated on Matanzas Bay, on 
the north coast of Cuba, 60 miles east of Havana. It is 
divided into three parts by rivers, the principal business 
part occupying the central portion and extending west 
1^ miles. 

The chief warehouses, distilleries, and sugar refineries 
are on the south of the river San Juan, easily accessible 
to railroads and lighters. 

The population is 49,384, and that of Matanzas province 
271,000, according to the 1893 census. 

The principal industries are rum distilling, sugar refin- 
ing, and manufacture of guava jelly. There are railroad 
car and machine shops. Sugar and molasses are sent to 
the United States, amounting, from 1891 to 1895, to $59,- 
988,497. 

The climate is fine, and Matanzas is considered the 
healthiest city on the island. With proper drainage and 
sanitary arrangements, yellow fever and malaria would 
be almost unknown. 

Cardenas is a seaport on the north coast of Cuba, 
about 135 miles east of Havana. In 1893 it had 23,517 in- 
habitants. 

The temperature is pleasant during the winter, but 
from about the middle of May to the middle of October 
the weather is hot and sultry, the thermometer during 
the day being usually 94° in the shade and falling some 
5" at night. 

Sanitary conditions are bad. Yellow fever, typhus, 
typhoid, and pernicious fevers prevail throughout most 
of the year, being worse in the hot season. Cases of 
smallpox also appear at times. 

Sugar is the chief article of export. The total exports 
to the United States in the fiscal year 1895-96 were $2,- 
920,905; of this sugar represented $1,872,626. About half 
the imports are from the United States. 

Colon is on a branch of the Malagua railroad. This 
municipality has, of late years, made great efforts in the 
direction of educational advancement. 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



CARDENAS 
CITY 



PROVINCE OF SANTA CLARA. 

Boundaries:— N., the old canal of Bahama; E., the SANTA 
province of Puerto Principe; S. and W., that of Matanzas. cLARA 

Judicial Districts:— Santa Clara, Sagua la Grande, PROVINCE 
Remedies, Cienfuegos, Trinidad, and Sancti Spiritus. 

cities and towns. 



District of Santa Clara:— Santa Clara, San Diego de 
la Valle, Esperanza, Ranchuelo, San Juan de las Yeras, 
and Calabazar. 



54 



CUBA. 



District op Sagua la Grande:— Sagua la Grande, 
PROVINCES ^°^^^*^' ^®J^ ^^ Pablo, Rancho Veloz, Quemados de 
. Giiines, and Santo Domingo. 

CITIES District op Remedios:— Remedios, Caibarien, Yagua- 

jay, Camajuani, Placetas, and Taguayabon. 

District op Cienfuegos:— Cienfuegos, Las Cruces, 
Camarones, Cartagena, Los Abreus, Rodas, Santa Isabel 
de las Lajas, and Palmira. 
District of Trinidad:— Trinidad. 
District of Santo-Espiritu :— Sancti Spiritus. 
Cienfuegos is in latitude 22° 9' north and longitude 73° 
5(y west, on a peninsula in the bay of Yagua, 6 miles from 
the sea. 

The depth of water at the anchorage in the harbor is 
27 feet, and at the different wharves from 14 to 16 feet. 
The commercial importance of the place was recog- 
nized some forty years ago, and has increased with the 
development of the sugar industry. This port is now 
the center of the sugar trade for the south of the island. 
It is connected by rail with Havana and the principal 
points on the north of the island. 
CIENFUEGOS The population in 1895 was 24,030. 

Sugar and tobacco are exported to the United States, 
and soap and ice are manufactured. 

The climate from December 1 until May is dry and 
moderately warm, the temperature ranging from 60° to 
78° during the day and falling sevei-al degrees at night. 
At this season almost constant winds prevail from the 
northeast or northwest, accompanied by clouds of dust. 
For the rest of the year the temperature ranges from 
75° to 93°, descending a few degrees at night. 

During this season there are frequent and heavy rain- 
falls and windstorms. The yellow fever is then epidemic. 
But little attention has hitherto been given by the muni- 
cipal authorities to hygiene or to sanitary measures. 
Under the present administration, Cienfuegos, in com- 
mon with all other Cuban cities, is undergoing a thor- 
ough cleansing and sanitary purification, to minimize 
the dangers arising from epidemic diseases. 

Water for household purposes is insufficiently supplied 
by two small plants, the principal source being the Jico- 
tea River, 10 miles distant. 
The death rate is 43.83 per 1.000. 
SAGUA LA Sagua la Grande is situated on the Sagua River, 11 
GRANDE miles from the port. 

The export trado is confined almost exclusively to 
sugar. 
The population is about 18,000. 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



55 



The climate and sanitary arrangements are superior 
to those of most Cuban towns. 

Trinidad de Cuba is located on the slope of the moun- 
tain called La Vijia (Lookout), which has an elevation of 
about 900 feet above sea level. 

The port, Casilda, lies about 1 league to the south: the 
harbor is almost landlocked and has very Httle depth. 

Vessels drawing 10 feet 6 inches are liable to run 
aground with the least deviation from the tortuous 
channel. 

About half a mile west of Trinidad is the river Guar- 
abo, navigable for small boats only. 

Four miles east lies Masio Bay, which will accommo- 
date deep-draft vessels. 
The population numbers about 18,000. 
Sugar and a little honey are exported. 
The climate is very healthy, the death rate being 21 to 
26 per 1,000, though sanitary measures are almost un- 
known. The town is so situated that the heavier it rains 
the cleaner it becomes. 

The town and vicinity are considered the healthiest in 
Cuba. 

PROVINCE OF PUERTO PRINCIPE. 
Boundaries:— N., the old canal of Bahama; E., the 
province of Santiago de Cuba; S., the Antilles Sea; W., 
the province of Santa Clara. 

Judicial Districts:— Puerto Principe north, Puerto 
Principe south, and Moron. 

Cities and Towns. 
Puerto Principe, Nuevitas, Santa Cruz de Sur, Mor6n, 
and Ciegode Avila. 

Puerto Principe (Santa Maria de) is the capital of the 
province, and is located in the c'enter of one of the widest 
parts of the island, distant 528i^ miles from Havana, and 
77 miles from the port of Moron. In 1887, the popula- 
tion of Puerto Principe was 40,958. The city is built 
in damp lowland, with poor houses erected on wooden 
piles. It has one court-house. The manufacture of 
cigars is large; sugar, tobacco, wax, honey are impor- 
tant export articles. 

Santa Cruz del Sur is situated immediately in front of 
the sea, the houses being sometimes touched by the 
waves when the tide is high. 

There is but one street, which extends from east to 
west, and is about IH miles in length. 

The ground behind the houses is swampy and impas- 
sable. 
The population numbers about 1,500. 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



TRINIDAD 
DE CUBA 



PUERTO 
PRINCIPE 
PROVINCE 



56 



CUBA. 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



SANTIAGO 
PROVINCE 



SANTIAGO 
DE CUBA 



Cedar, mahogany, honey, and wax are shipped to the 
United States to the annual value of $300,000 to $400,000. 

The chmate may be called good, when the bad situa- 
tion of the town and the lack of sanitary measures are 
considered. 

For several years there had been no case of yellow 
fever, but with the arrival of the Spanish troops it de- 
veloped and spread widely, owing to the utter lack of 
hospitals and medical assistance. As soon as the troops 
were removed, however, the disease disappeared, and 
the health has been good since that time, with the ex- 
ception of some few cases of paludic fever, to which, it 
seems, the climate is inclined. 

Santa Cruz is the seat of a court of appeal. It also 
contains an institution of secondary instruction. 
PROVINCE OF SANTIAGO DE CUBA. 

Boundaries:— N., the old canal of Bahama; E., El 
Paso de los Vientos, or Maysi, which separates it from 
the island of Haiti or San Domingo ; S., the straits of 
Colon, which separate it from Jamaica; TV., the gulf of 
Guaycanayabo, and the province of Puerto Principe. 

Judicial Districts :— Norte de Cuba, Sur de Cuba, 
Mazanillo, Bayamo, Holquin, Baracoa, and Guantanamo. 

District of Santiago de Cuba:— Santiago de Cuba, 
Cobre, Caney, Dos Caminos, Alto Songo, and Sagua de 
Tanamo. 

District of Mazanillo:— Mazanillo. 

District of Bayamo:— Bayamo and Jiguani. 

District of Holguin:— Holquin, Gibara, and Maysi. 

District of Baracoa:— Baracoa. 

District of Guantanamo:— Guantanamo. 

Santiago de Cuba, the second city in size on the island, 
is probably the oldest city of any size on this hemisphere, 
having been founded by Velasquez in 1514. 

It fronts on a beautiful bay 6 miles long and 2 miles 
wide, on the southeastern coast of Cuba, 100 miles west 
of Cape Maysi. 

The population in 1895 was 59,614. 

The mean temperature in summer is 88° ; in winter, 



It is regarded as very unhealthy, yellow fever being 
prevalent throughout the year, and smallpox epidemic 
at certain times. These conditions are due to the lack 
of sanitary and hygienic measures, all refuse matter, as 
well as dead dogs, cats, chickens, etc., being thrown into 
the streets to decay and fill the air with disease germs. 

A railroad, called the Sabanilla and Marote, runs from 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



57 



i the city to San Luis, 25 miles distant, with a branch to 
i Alto Songo, 13 miles in length. It is largely owned and 
j controlled by citizens of the United States. 

Santiago is the headquarters for three large mining 
plants owned by United States citizens, viz., the Jurugua, 
the Spanish- American, and the Sigua, together repre- 
senting the investment of about f8,000,000 ; the last 
named are not in operation. 

There are a number of tobacco factories, but the chief 
business is the exportation of raw materials and the 
importation of manufactured goods and provisions. 

Sugar, iron ore, manganese, mahogany, hides, wax, 
cedar, and tobacco are exported to the United states. 
Baracoa (La Asuncion de), was the first city founded 
by Diego Velasquez in 1512. 

It is on the extreme eastern part of the island on the 
north side. 
The population is about 7,000 under normal conditions. 
Its chief industry is the grinding of coconuts to 
extract oil. There are two estabUshments with a capac- 
ity of 30,000 coconuts daily, employing about fifty 
workmen. There is also a petroleum refinery (closed at 
present), and a chocolate factory. 

Bananas and coconuts are exported to the United 
States ($628,811 worth in 1895), Norwegian steamers being 
employed because of their cheapness as compared with 
United States vessels. 

The climate is pleasant, the average temperature 
being 78°; the winds prevailing during the summer are 
from the southeast. 

Bayamo (San Salvador), is on a river of the same name; 
it is distant 112 miles from Santiago. 

El Cobre is a village in close proximity to various rich 

copper mines. The mineral is exported by a railway, 

reaching to the port of Sal Santiago. 

The population of Ouantanamo numbers about 7,000. 

The city is situated fifteen miles from the bay, with 

which it is connected by rail. 

The raising of sugar and coffee are the chief industries 
of the vicinity. Sugar and lumber are exported to the 
United States. 
*■ The climate, cool in winter, is very warm in summer. 
El Caney is an ancient Indian village. It is connected 
with Santiago de Cuba by railway. 
Holguin is a charming city, well laid out. 
Manzanillo, in the province of Santiago de Cuba, is situ- 
ated on the inner part of the bay of the same name. 

The population, when the war broke out, numbered 
from 10,000 to 12,000. 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



BARACOA 



EL COBRE 



MANZANILLO 



^ 



58 



CUBA. 



PROVINCES 

AND 

CITIES 



Exports to the United States consist cliiefly of sugar 
cedar, mahogany, tobacco, palm-leaves, hides, etc. " ' 

STATISTICS OF THE PROVINCES (latest available.) 



Province. 



Matanzas 

Havana 

Puerto Principe (Camaguev 
Santa Clara (Las Villas). . ... 

Pinar delRio 

Santiago de Cuba (Departa 
mento Oriental) 



Total 



8,250 

8,450 

30,950 

22,280 

44,450 



34,400 
118,830 



Popula- 
tion. 



300,000 
480,0U0 
72,000 
360,000 
320,000 

230,000 



1,762,000 



a. . 
P ^ 

Ah 02 



57. 



16.2 

7.2 



6.7 



VEGETABLE ^^^ETABLE, MINERAL AND ANIMAL 
KINGDOM KINGDOMS. 

Spa?u.sh names icith EngUsh ec/uimlents. 

VEGETABLE KINGD03I-CUBA. 
Agricultural. 

Algodon Cotton. 

Cacoa Cocoa. 

^^^^^^ Coffee and its industry. 

Cana de azucar Sugar cane. 

Goma elilstica India rubber. 

Jenjibre Ginger. 

^^^^^"^s Apples (in temperate de- 
grees). 

MembriUo Quince. 

Mos<^aza Mustard. 

Orozuz Licorice. 

Peras Pears. 

Pimienta Pepper. 

Tabaco Tobacco. 

Trees and Woods. 

TREES AND ^^ '!^^°^ Hard red wood tree. 

WOODS '"''^''^ quiebrahacha The break axe red wood, 

(vulgar). 

L^ <^aoba The mahogany tree. 

^^ cedJ'o The cedar tree. 

* The square kilometer equals 1,000 square meters of 1 196 
square yards = 1,196 square yards = .00038 square miles. 



VEGETABLES, MINEBALS, ANIMALS. 



La cieba 5 leaved silk cotton tree 

(indigenous). 

Diversas palmas Divers palm trees. 

El ebano The ebony (cabinet mak- TREES AND 

ing wood). WOODS 

La encina Evergreen oak. 

El guayabo The gviava tree. 

El guayacan ■ • • Lignum vitae tree (Hibis- 
cus). 

El jique The indigo tree. 

El mangle The mangrove tree. 

El majagua Hibiscus tiliaceus (cord- 
age industry). 

El fustete Red sumach. 

El ocuje Calambuc tree. 

El palo de campeche Log-wood (dye works). 

El pino de tea Pitch pine. 

El plantano The banana tree. 

El sabicii The flowering acacia. 

El roble The oak (ship building 

wood). 

Fruits. 

El anon The custard apple (sweet ppuj-g 

sap). 

La ciruela The cherry. 

La guanaba The custard apple (sour). 

La guayacama • ■ The date plum. 

La lima The.lime. 

El mamey Colorado yamarillo The red and yellow mam- 

mee. 

El maranon The common cashew nut. 

Naranjas de varias especies. . Oranges of various kinds. 

La nispola The medlar nut. 

La pina The pineapple. 

La toronja The citron. 

El zapote mamey The sweet sapota. 

El membrillo The quince. 

Flowers. 

Laadelia The oleander. FLOWERS 

Clavelas Carnations. 

Crisantemo grande ... Moonflower. 

Cereus de noche Night-blooming cereus. 

Flor de la pasion Passion flower. 

Lirios varios Various lilies. 

La magnolia The magnolia. 

"Rosas Roses. 



60 



CUBA. 



MINERALS 



MAMMI- 
FERGUS 
ANIMALS 



MINERALS— CUBA. 

Agata Agate. 

Alabastro Alabaster. 

Amianto Asbestos. 

Antimonia Antimony. 

Arena o barrio i-efractorio. . . Sand and glittering clay. 

Asf alto Asphalt. 

Bismuto Bismuth. 

Calcedonia Chalcedonyx. 

Carbon de piedra Mineral coal. 

Cobre Copper (very abundant 

and good). 

Cornelina Cornehan. 

Granito Granite. 

Hierro Iron. 

Iman : . Loadstone. 

Jaspe Jasper, 

Kaolin verdadero— Marmol— Pure mineral earth, used 
Marble. in France to manufac- 

ture the celebrated Sev- 
res porcelain. 

6palo Opal. 

Oro Gold. 

Pizarra Slate. 

Plata Silver. 

Platino Platina. 

Plomo Lead. 

Serpentina Serpent stone. 

Sienita. Sienite. 

Sulf ato de barita Sulphur of baryta. 

Sal-gema Rock salt. 

y eso Gypsum. 

MAMMIFEROUS ANIMALS-CUBA. 

El amiqui escaso The ant-eater, rare. 

El asno The ass. 

El carajabali The Carribean hog. 

El cavallo The horse (small, usually). 

Elcarnero; rindepoca lama.. The sheep, which gives 
little wool. 

La cabra The goat. 

El cerdo Common pig. 

El cerdo criolla "de que la The crioUa pig, the flesh 
carne es muy estinado f uera of which is in great re- 
de la isla. pute beyond the island. 

El toro The bull. 

Murcielagos, 20 especies 20 kinds of bats. 

La Jutia Agoti, or Indian bat. 

Delfines Dolphins. 

Ratas Rats. 



VEGETABLES, MINERALS, ANIMALS. 61 



BIRDS DISTINCTLY CUBAN. 

Aguaita caiman Spotted heron. 

Los carpinteros Woodpeckers, green and 

variegated. BIRDS DIS< 

El calo Wood ibis. TINCTLY 

El frailecillo The plover. CUBAN 

El gavilan aplomado The lead-colored hawk. 

El guacemayo The macaw. 

El negrito The black bullfinch. 

El mayito, The oriole. 

La Siguapa The Siguapa owl. 

El sinsonte prieto The black mocking bird. 

El siju The sparrow owl. 

El savanero The meadow lark. 

El tomequin de Pinar The goldfinch of Pinar. 

El zorzal real The red-footed black bird. 

El zorzal gato The cat bird. 

El zunzun The humming bird. 

And many others without common name. 

BIRDS INDIGENOUS TO CUBA AND THE OTHER 

ANTILLES. 3,^^,3 ,^. 

Elcao The Cuban crow. DIQENOUS 

Elcernicalo The kestrel hawk. TO CUBA 

La codorniy Cuban quail. 

La cotorra White parroquet. 

El creguete chico The small weaver bird. 

El guabairo chico The small goat-sucker. 

La lechuza The screech owl. 

La pedlorrera The tody bird. 

El pitirre real The king fly-catcher. 

El pitirra guatibere The crying fly-catcher. 

El tomequin The goldfinch. 

La torcaz morada Violet-colored pigeon. 

La torcaz salvaje The gray wild pigeon. 

La yaguaza The black whistling duck. 

Another species of whistling duck. 

BIRDS INTRODUCED INTO CUBA, AFTER ITS 
DISCOVERY. 

El pavo comun The common turkey. 

Elpavo real The peacock. 

El ganso The goose, 

Varias especies de patos Various kinds of ducks. 

La gallina comun. The common hen. 

El f aisan The pheasant. 

La paloma The dove. 

La gallina de Guinea The Guinea hen. 



BIRDS IN- 
TRODUCED 



A 



CUBA. 



INSECTS— CUBA. 

La abeja The common bee. 

La abeja crioUa, que produce The criolla bee, which pro- 

cera negra y no tiene agui- duces black wax and has 

jon. no sting. 

La abeja de Castilla que pro- The Castilian bee, which 

duce una cera blanca exqui- produces an exquisite 

sita. white wax. 

La avispa The wasp. 

La araila peluda, venenosa The hairy spider; venom- 

pero no mortal. ous, but not mortal. 

El ciento-pies, pernicioso The centipede; pernicious. 

El cocuyo Luminous glow-worm or 

fire-fly. 

El comejen destructor Destructive moth. 

La guagua, destructor de las The Cuban guagua, a rav- 

frutas. ager of all fruits. 

Hormigas numerosas Ants of all kinds. 

LahormigaBibijagua; perni- The Bibijagua ant; perni- 

ciosa. cious. 

Mosquitos, varias especies... Various kinds of mosqui- 

tos. 
La Nigua, insecto indigeno; The chigoe, an indigenous 

muy pernicioso. insect; most pernicious. 

La oruga comun The common caterpillar. 

La oruga delpimiento; indig- The pepper-tree caterpil- 

ena que vive en el arbol lar, which feeds and 

pimiente solamente. lives on the pepper-tree 

solely. 
And besides, numerous insects of all classes. 

FISH— CUBA, 

Among 700 species the following maybe distinguished: 

La anguila The eel. 

El atun The tunny fish. 

FISH La almeja The mussel. 

La cabrilla The prawn. 

El calamar The calamary or sepia. 

El Cameron The shrimp. 

El cangrego The crab. 

La cherna A fish resembling salmon. 

El dorado Gilt head cod. 

La langosta The lobster. 

El ostiSn— Cuban name The oyster. 

La ostra— general name The oyster. 

El pez sierra The saw fish. 

El pulpo The polypus. 

El robalo A kind of bream. 



VEGETABLES, MINERALS, ANIMALS. 63 



Tiburones (terribles) Sharks numerous and ter 

rible. 
Remark— The morena verde (frogbit), and the escom- 
hro (mackerel), are unsafe to be eaten, as they induce FISH 

the disease known in Cuba blS siguatera^ or fish jaundice. 

Madrepores, corales Madrepores, corals. 

Y esponjas and sponges. 

REPTILES— CUBA. 

Alacranes Scorpions. reptiles 

Caguamas Green turtle. 

Careyes Shell tortoise. 

Crocodilos, 2 especies Crocodiles, 2 kinds. 

Yicoteas Mud turtles. 

Lagarto Lizard. 

Lagarto chipojo Great chipojo lizard. 

Iguanas Iguanas. 

Maja, boa serpiente, no ven- Maja, serpent, not venem- 

enosa, pero es capable tra- ous, but is equal to swal- 

ger hasta un gallo 6 un gato lowing a fowl or a cat 

entero. entire. 

Sapos y ranas muy numer- Toads and frogs in great 

osos, number. 



y. 



64 



CUBA. 



o .ii 



CO M 

00 "J^ 03 

(J . « .& 

o; S 2 ^ 
o § ^. § 



-S « 
-g -c J 

bo « 

w .9 •- 
o ^ el 

_bC <D -k^ 
"S >» tM 

•" S ® 

<1 .9 H «8 
u Pi 

^ OJ 



^ tio « 






. »OtJ< 

8 TfTco" 






03 CO t- 

_S QOcT 

M to 



8 cTt-' 






C2 T»<o 



too 



■2 d 

... eg e8 .. ^ W) ^ 
«^-B O Kg'® o 
or-,-, ri oQr-.-. 



I 









g 


§ 


1 


® 




e<5 


eooo 


1 


i 


1 


is 


1 


■^ 


1 


•»'§ 










Q 














0) 






»ct- 


X 






c5o 


-tJ •• 




5: 


1-1 -* 


--1 


i 


3 




ti 


■■5 S^ 




Q 


^'^ 


«8 S 




7 


II 


9§ 

O <M 


i 


il 


O . 


T-l 


"o 


oj m 


S^- 




'^^ 


'-'§' 


I! 








i 


s 
1 


II 


.11 










t 


g^ 


II 


1 


8 




•*^ ® 








ftii 














If 


1 


1 
1 


Si 


i£ 














«/3 












^ .2 












r^ '5 
























1-1 'u 












© M 












§ « 












X a 












-^1 












5^ 












^2 












.■S ;- 


^ 










^ ^ 


o 










a © 










'S O 


S 










a,ci 


o 










CQ +* 


tc 










|1 


^ 




1 


i 




" -o 






^r^. 


® m 






oo 


y 






99 



8 "3 






ti u 






(MO-I 


_, o 






W 09 


® .- 






-k^-tJ 


•^ h. 








EH^ 













P.O. 








9-^ 


o 








lzj 


I 



COMMERCE. 





• ^i 


1 






u 




H 


(^"^ 


b3 


• us 






o 


e t-'i^- 




S 


t^ 








0? 








H 








!z; 








p 








o 


• 




Q 


t3 






o a 








•3 a 






N050 


^ 


g SS5S 


a 


1 III 


C; i^i-i 




t-Tf<0 






o 
a 
S 


1 --I 


>^ 




















g 




















o 


o 






o 
















tsC 








ja 
























a: 


ft 





a 


H 


M 


<i1 




H 


fc3 


M 


w 


Q 


1 


g 


,d 


« 


c3 


t3 






Sh 


w 


.-y 


M 


a 


H 


Z 


O 


^ 


S 


C5 




^ 


< 




M 




1:3 


1 

o3 




r^ 




Ti 


P5 


^ 


N 


f3 


t/5 


!:3 


s 


^ 


2 


,r! 


g 










^ 


^q 


M 


^ 




fi^ 






•n 


U 




!^ 




hH 


a 


£ 






o 




a 




u 




ft 







t-r)< 


•SO 1 




05 ON :^ 


g; 


1 i'g :i 








q .- 




^ g§^ 




OT 


s S-c'^-S' 




^ 


Doll 

8,94 

2,72 
64 






Td 




























aj 


jS-O 
















O Jh 








^ !=> 
















S O 






s 


. fl^ 






<) 


A 11^ 






tiable : 
Tobacc 
Un 
Ma 
Iron 
Sugar. 




3 




P 






.•ss 


g 


g 


;! S'"" 


g 




a " 






OTt<rH« 




t SSS2 


s? 


e t-'r-TjC^-T 


s 


!i SSSfe 




Cl ~-g- 












» 


"3 




2i 

::3 








o 


<1 


..•3 




13 




^°i 


f3 




e of clu 
Fruits 
Molass 
Sugar. 
Wood, 






<x> 








f^ 








1 



66 



CUBA. 



PRINCIPAL EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES TO CUBA. 



Articles, 



Wheat flour 

Corn 

Carriages and Street cars, and parts of. . 
Cars, pass'g'r and freight, for steam RR 

Coal 

Locks, hinges, and other builders' hdw. . 

Railroad bars, or rails, of steel 

Saws and tools 

Locomotives 

Stationery engines 

Boilers and parts of engines 

Wire 

Manufactures of leather 

Mineral oil 

Hog products 

Beans and peas 

Potatoes 

Boards, deals, p>lanks, joists, etc 

Household furniture 



Dollars. 


Dollars. 


2,821,557 


564,638 


582,050 


247,905 


316,045 


3,755 


271,571 


9,202 


931,371 


638,912 


395,964 


49,386 


326,654 


14,650 


243,544 


34,686 


418,776 


20,638 


130,652 


1,189 


322,2»4 


35,578 


321,120 


85,905 


191,394 


39,753 


514,808 


306,916 


5,401,022 


2,224,485 


392,962 


276,635 


554,153 


331,553 


1,095,928 


286,387 


217,126 


34,288 



The British consul-general at Havana, Mr. Gollan (Foreign Office 
Annual Series, No. 1880, 1897), gives the following table, showing the 
chief articles of import into Cuba in 1896: 







From— 




. 






Total 










Value. 






Europe. 


America. 












Dollars. 


Butter 


cases.. 


6,338 


54 


319,700 


Cheese 


do.... 


1,881 


44,358 


323,673 


Rice 


cwt.. 


853,538 


23,800 


2,807,481 


Beer 


barrels.. 


4,629 


2,860 


82,379 


Do 


..cases.. 


6.574 


2,044 


43,090 


Salt fish 


drums.. 


5,030 


79,521 


686,000 


Flour 


bags.. 


404,019 


100,321 


4.285,522 


Coal 


tons.. 


29,050 


180,487 


2.085,370 


Potatoes 


barrels. . 


53,082 


231,774 


996.702 


Maize 






97,303 


467,049 


Lard 


cwt.. 





194,308 


2,078,811 








Total 






14,175,777 









The tobacco crop on an average, says the consul-general, is 
estimated at 560,000 bales (1 bale=110 pounds), 338 bales being 
exported, and the remainder used in cigar and cigarette manufac- 
ture in Havana. The cigars exported in 1896 numbered 185,914,000. 
Tobacco leaf exported in 1895, 30,466,000 pounds; in 1896, 16,823,000 
pounds; the decrease being due to a decree of May, 1896, forbidding 
tobacco-leaf exports except to Spain. About 80,000 of the inhabi- 
tants are ordinarilyjengaged in the cultivation of tobacco. 



COMMERCE. 



a? 



SUGAR INDUSTRY. 

The British consul-general gives the following details in regard 
to the sugar trade in 1895 and 1896: 



Description. 



Quantity. 



1895 



Exports 

Stocks 

Local consumption 

Stock on January 1 (previous crop) 

Total production 

Decrease in 1895-96 

Equivalent to 



Tons. 

832,431 
135,181 



Tons. 
235,1 



967,612 
50,000 



271,888 
40,000 



1,017,612 
13,348 



311,888 
86,667 



1,004,264 225,221 

779,043 
77.574 per cent. 



Mr. GoUan adds: 

Cuba in normal times may be said to be one of the most favored 
countries of the world for the economical production of sugar. 
The present condition of affairs greatlyburdens the sugar industry, 
owing to the necessity of protecting the estates, the loss of cane 
through incendiary fires, and the difficulty at all times of getting 
enough hauled to the works to use them to their full capacity. 

Under normal conditions the contrast between the Cuban 
industry and that of other West Indian Islands, or any American 
sugar-producing country, is remarkable. The total sugar crop of 
any other island is equal only to the output of three or four of the 
largest Cuban manufactories, and, with the exception of Demerara, 
all these countries show considerable inferiority to Cuba in 
methods of manufacture and in the class of machinery in use. 
The neglect of the other West Indian planters to advance with the 
times is the main cause of this lack of prosperity at the present 
moment. Of the other cane-sugar countries of the world Java is 
the only one which comes within 50 percent, of the amount of sugar 
produced annually in Cuba in normal times, and Java and the 
Hawiian Islands are the only ones which are generally advanced in 
the process of manufacture. 

Until a very recent date the manufacture of sugar and the grow- 
ing of the cane in Cuba were extremely profitable undertakings, 
and the reasons for their prosperity may be stated as— 

(1) The excellence of the climate and the fertility of the soil, 
which allow of large crops of good cane. The rainfall, about 50 
inches, is so distributed that irrigation is not a necessity, though it 
would in many cases be advisable. 

(2) The great movement toward the centralization of the estates 
which took place in the early eighties; planters having understood 
the value of large sugar houses and overcome their difficulty in 
this way. 

(3) The proximity of the United States, affording, as it does, a 
cash market for the sugar. 

In spite of the above advantages, continues the consul-general, 
the size of the sugar crop is a matter of surprise to many, while 
elsewhere the industry must be fostered by bounties. The agri- 
cultural adaptability of the country, however, counts for much; 



CUBA. 



the cost of labor is low, and the sugar houses have a larger daily 
capacity than those of any other country. 

The exports of sugar to Spain during the three years ending in 
1896 are given as follows in a British Foreign Office Report (Annual 
Series, No. 1851, 1897): 

Tons. 

1894 24,240 

1895 26,991 

1896 14,642 

It should be noted that during the same period the exports of 
sugar from Puerto Rico to Spain increased from 13,000 to 18,000 
tons. 

COMMERCE OF THE UNITED STATES WITH CUBA. 
Merchandise. 





Cuba. 


Year. 


Exports. 


Imports. 




Free. 


Dutiable. 


Total, 1851-1860 


Dollars. 

83,868,091 


Dollars. 
3,735,367 


Dollars. 
241,443,689 


Total, 1861-1870 


139,449,271 


3,300,101 


378,895,063 


1871 


14,200.496 
13,168,958 
15,231,039 
19,597,981 
15,586,658 
13,746,058 
12,748,003 
11,365,013 
12,294,329 
10,924,633 


211,638 
251,623 
409,614 
721,854 
322,778 
295,864 
265,682 
193,103 
294,933 
555,627 


57,323,287 


1872 


67,012,792 


1878 


76,668,111 


1874 


84,706,243 


1875 

1876 


64,264,939 
55,712,002 


1877 


65,562,713 


1878 


56,708,229 


1879 


63,354,723 


1880 


64,867,391 


Total, 1871-1880 


138,863,168 


3,522,716 


656,180,430 


1881 


10,999,276 
11,775,073 
14,567,918 
10,562,880 

8,719,195 
10,020,879 
10,138,930 

9,724,124 
11,297,198 
12,669,509 


519,390 
656,042 
785,829 
1,484,638 
1,786,049 
1,765,751 
2,033,205 
2,066,379 
2,405,425 
2,761,711 


62,484,014 


1882 


69,794,610 


1883 


64,758.705 


1884 


55,696.859 


1885 


40,520,044 


1886 


49,345,029 


1887 


47,482,229 


1888 


47,252,708 


1889 


49,725,198 


1890 


51,039,880 






Total, 1881-1890 


110,474,982 


16,264,419 


538,099,276 


1891 


11,929,605 
17,622,411 
23,604,094 
19,855,237 
12,5aS,260 
7,312,348 
7,599,757 


26,044,502 
66,140,835 
66,049,369 
67,418,289 
17,684,765 
2,074,763 
1,270,059 


35,669,893 


1892 


11,790,836 


1893 


12,657,137 


1894 

1895 

1896 


8,259,972 
35,186,4W 
37,942,967 


1897 


17,136,756 


Total 1891 1897 


100,456,712 


246,683,582 


158,644,055 







TRANSPORTATION NOTES. 



TRANSPORTATION NOTES. 

COMPILED FROM OFFICIAL SOURCES. 

" Subject to change without notice.''' 

RAILROAD FARES. RAILROAD 

The through fare from New York to Havana, via the p^RES FROM 
Ltlantic Coast Line from New York to Port Tampa, points 
hence by steamer, is $54.75, first class. IN U.S. 

From New York to Port Tampa, $37.15; to Key West, 
542.50, leaving Cortlandt Street, via the Pennsylvania 

From New York to New Orleans, first class, $34.00; 
second class, $29.00, via the Pennsylvania Railroad. 

From Chicago to New Orleans, first class, $23.00; sec- 
ond class, $16.50. 

From Chicago to Port Tampa, $36.20. 

From St. Louis to New Orleans, first class, $18.00; sec- 
ond class, $12.50. 

From St. Louis to Port Tampa, $33.90. 

STEAMERS— (Connecting). 

The Plant System's steamers leave Port Tampa Mon- 
days and Thursdays, calling at Key West Tuesdays and 
Fridays, and arriving at Havana Wednesdays and Satur- 
days, the fare being $21.25 from Tampa, and $11.25 from 
Key West. These steamers also run from Port Tampa CONNECTING 
to Santiago de Cuba. STEAMERS 

Florida East Coast Co.'s steamers leave Miami, Fla., 
every Wednesday and Sunday for Havana. 

Morgan Line steamers leave New Orleans every Satur- 
day morning, calling at Port Tampa on Mondays, and at 
Key West on Tuesdays, arriving in Havana on Wednes- 
days of each week. 

Fare from New Orleans, $36.25, deck passage, $21.25; 
from Port Tampa, $21.25, deck passage, $11.25; from Key 
West to Havana the fare is $11.25, deck passage, $6.25. 

Passengers desiring to travel from New York to New 
Orleans, thence to Havana, have an opportunity of going 
directly to New Orleans by sea from Pier 9, N. R., every 

Saturday at 3 P. M., by the Cromwell Line of steamers, 

the fare being $35.00, first class, and $20.00 steerage. 

The passage on these steamers occupies from 5]4 to 6 

days, and passengers can connect at New Orleans with 

the Morgan Line of steamers to Havana. 

NEW YORK TO CUBA BY SEA. 
New York and Cuba Mail S. S. Line (Ward Line), leav- o,recT TO 

ing New York, foot of Wall Street, twice a week for ^.^^^ 

Havana, Santiago, Guantanamo, Manzanilla, and Cien- gy SEA 

fuegos. 



70 



CUBA. 



STEAMERS 
FROM CUBA 



RAILROADS 
IN CUBA 



SANTIAGO 
LINES 



Fare to Havana, $40.00; Santiago, Guatanamo, Man- 
zanilla, and Cienf uegos, $75.00. 

Munson S. S. Co., fortnightly for Matanzas, Cardenas, 
Sagua la Grande, Caibarien, Nuevitas, Gibara, and Bar- 
acoa. 

Waydell & Co. steamers for Matanzas, Cardenas, Sagua 
la Grande, Caibarien, Guantanamo, Santiago, and Cien- 
fuegos. 

Note:— Passengers leaving for Florida and Cuba must 
obtain a health certificate from a private physician or 
some other person in medical authority, as they are not 
allowed to enter either Florida or Cuba without it, owing 
to the present fear of yellow fever in those parts. 

STEAMERS-CUBA TO OTHER POINTS. 

Mail steamship lines leave Havana for Progreso, Vera 
Cruz, Cienfuegos, Santiago, Havre and Bordeaux, St. 
Nazaire, and Haiti. 

Mail steamship lines leave Santiago de Cuba for Colon, 
Jamaica, Nassau, in the Bahamas, and to seaports on 
the northern coast of Cuba. 

The Plant Line runs to Port Antonio, Jamaica. 

RAILROADS IN CUBA. 

PiNAR DEL Rio Province:— a line starts at La Coloma, 
on the south coast, passing easterly to San Juan, then 
northeasterly to Pinar del Rio, thence to Havana. 
Branching off the main line at Palacios (after leaving 
Pinar del Rio), for Bahia Honda, on the north coast. 

Havana Province:— A net of railways connects every 
point. 

Matanzas Province:— A net of railways connects every 
point. 

Santa Clara Province:— A line leaves Las Tunas, on 
the south coast, for Sancti Spiritus, Santa Clara, run- 
ning to La Isabella, on the north coast. West of this 
transverse line is a net of railways connecting every 
important point. 

I*UERTO Principe Province:— A line leaves Santa Cruz 
del Sur, on the south coast, for Puerto Principe, thence 
following a north-northeasterly direction to Nuevitas, 
on the north coast. 

Another line leaves Jucaro, on the south coast for 
Ciego de Avilla, thence for Moron, terminating at Cien- 
aga, on the north coast. 

Santiago Province:— A line leaves Santiago; ,on the 
southeasterly coast for Bayamo, running north north- 
west; also, from Santiago to San Luis, running east- 
northwest. 



TRANSPORTATION NOTES. 



71 



Another line extends from Jibara, on the north coast 
south, to Holguin. 

A railway line passes from Caimanera. on the south 
coast to Jamaica, running northerly. 
[From Treasury Department U. 8. (Bureau of Statistics), 
1898.] 

According to a report published in the Special Consu- 
lar Reports, " Highways of Commerce," there are ten 
railway companies in Cuba, the most important being 
the Ferrocarriles Unidos. Upwai'd of 1,000 miles of 
main line belong to these companies, and there are 
besides private branch-lines to all the important sugar 
estates. The Ferrocarriles Unidos has four lines, con- 
necting Havana with Matanzas, Batabano, Union, and RAILROADS 
Guanajay. The roads pass through the most populous 
part of the country, and connect Havana with other 
lines. 

The Western Railway reached, in 1891, to Puerto de 
Golpe, 96 miles from Havana, and 10 miles from Pinar 
del Rio. Since then an English company has acquired 
it, and the line has been completed to Pinar del Rio, the 
center of the tobacco-growing district. 

The other companies are: Ferrocarriles Cardenas- 
Jacaro, joining Cardenas and Santa Clara; Ferrocarril 
de Matanzas, having lines'running between Matanzas and 
Murga, and between Matanzas and Guareiras; Ferro- 
carril de Sagua la Grande, running between Coucha and 
Cruces; Ferrocarril Cienfu egos-Santa Clara, connecting 
those towns; Ferrocarriles Unidos de Caibarien, from CARDENAS 
Caibarien to Placetas; Ferrocarril de Puerto Principe- AND OTHER 
Nuevitas; Ferrocarril de Guantanamo. LINES 

The Marianao Railway, only 814 miles in length, runs 
from Havana to Marianao, also belongs to an English 
company. 

In 1894 over 750,000 passengers were carried. 

TELEGRAPH AND TELEPHONE SYSTEM. 

The telegraph system is the property of the govern- 
ment. The telephone system has been farmed out by 
the government for a limited number of years, to a com- 
pany called the Red Telefonica de la Havana. 

Nearly all public and private buildings in Havana and 
suburbs are connected by telephone. 



CABLES. 



TELEGRAPH, 
TELEPHONE, 
AND CABLE 



The International Ocean Telegraph Company has a 
line from Havana to Florida. 

The Cuban Submarine Company has a line connecting 
Havana with Santiago and Cienfuegos. 



72 



CUBA, 



CABLES 



The West India and Panama Company has a cable con- 
necting Havana with Santiago, Jamaica, Puerto Rico, 
the lesser Antilles, and the Isthmus of Panama. 

The Compagnie Fran^aise de Cables Sous-Marins has a 
line connecting Havana with Santiago, Haiti, Santo 
Domingo, Venezuela, and Brazil. 

MILEAGE. 

Postal route, New York to Havana, 1,413 miles. 
Distance, New York to Havava, by sea, 1,460 miles. 
Railroads, Cuba, 1,075 miles. 

Telegraph lines, Cuba, 2,223 miles, 3,327 miles of wire. 
Telegraph stations, 167; telegrams, 462,925 per annum. 



WEIGHTS 

AND 

MEASURES 



CURRENCY 



"WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

Arroba (dry) 25.3664 lbs. 

(liquid) 4.263 galls. 

Caballeria 32i^ or 32^^ acres 

Fanega (dry) 1.599 bush. 

(liquid) 16 galls. 

Legua 2% inches 

Libra (pound) 1.0161 lbs. 

Vara 33.384 inches 

Metric System. 

Are (100 sq. meters) 02471 acre 

Cubic meter 35.31 feet 

Gram 15.432 gr. 

Hectare (10,000 sq. meters) 2.471 acres 

Hectoliter (dry) 2.383 bush. 

(liquid) 26.417 galls. 

Kilogram or Kilo (1,000 grams) 2.2046 lbs. 

Kilometer (1,000 meters) 621376 miles 

Liter 1.0567 quarts 

Meter 39.37 inches 

Quintal (100,000 grams) 230.46 lbs. 

CURRENCY. 
Cuba had, uuder Spanish rules, no distinctive 
currency. The peso equalled a dollar, but Spanish, 
Mexican, and American coins circulated freely. The 
peso will, under the new administration, be gradually 
superseded by United States coinage. American and 
British gold and paper are at a premium. Spanish 
gold follows next at a premium, then Spanish silver at 
a premium to paper. The Cuban currency, hitherto. 



AUTHORITIES. 73 



has been puzzling to strangers, because of constant CURRENCY 
fluctuations in values. 

TIME. 

Standard time varies in Cuba, owing to the extent of 
the island from east to west through eleven degrees of 
longitude. Each degree of longitude is equal to 4 
minutes of time. This gives the following results :— 

When 12 o'clock strikes in Havana, it is 3 minutes past 
13 in Matanzas ; 5 minutes past 12 in Cardenas; 9 
minutes past 12 in Trinidad and Santa Clara; 11 minutes 
past 13 in Remedios and Santo Espiritu; 18 minutes past 
13 in Puerto Principe; 25 minutes past 12 in Santiago de 
Cuba; 55 minutes past 11 in Pinar del Rio; and 55 time 

minutes past eleven in San Diego de los Banos. 



AUTHORITIES. 



Viv, de Saint Martin, " La Nouvelle Geographie Uni- 
verselle." 1893. Translated from the French. 

Don Jose de la Torre, " Book of Instruction," written 
especially for Havana pubhc schools. 1891. Translated 
from the Spanish. 

" Enciclopedico Hispaiio Americano." Madrid, 1893. 
Translated from the Spanish. 

Rowan & Ramsay, " Island of Cuba." 1897. 

La Rousse, "Dictionaire." Translated from the 
French. 

"Geographic Magazine." Washington, D. C, May, 
1898. "Cuba," by Prof. Robt. T. Hill, U. S. Geological 
Survey. 

Meyer's " Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1898. Trans- 
lated from the German. 

Brockhaus' "Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1897. 
Translated from the German. 

Hiibner's " Geographisch Statistische Tabellen." 1895. 
Translated from the German. 

" Commerce with Cuba." Treasury Department U. S. 
1898. AUTHORITIES 

" Encyclopaedia Brittanica." Ninth edition. CONSULTED 

Monthly Summary, Commerce and Finance, Bureau of 
Statistics, U. S. June and September, 1898. 

Consular Reports. 1898. 

"Standard Dictionary." Last edition. 

" Commercial Cuba," by William J. Clark. 1898. 

" Statesman's Year Book." 1898. 



74 



PUERTO RICO. 



SECTION II. 

PUERTO RICO. 



DISCOVERY 
OF THE 
ISLAND 



INDIAN RULE 



BRITISH 
DESTROY 
SAN JUAN 



HISTORICAL. 

This island, which the Indians called Roricf'ld, or Bor- 
ingquen, was discovered by Christopher Columbus in 
November, 1493, during his second voyage to America. 

Captain Juan Ponce de Leon was the first Spaniard to 
visit the interior of the island. This officer undertook its 
colonization in 1510, founding the city of Coparro on the 
site now known as Pueblo-Viejo. About the same time 
he founded the cities of San German and Aguada. 

Some historians have computed the number of inhab- 
itants at the period of the discoverer's visit as 600,000. 
To-day, so far as is known, none of the inhabitants can 
boast of descent from those who lived on the island in 
the day of Columbus. 

Little is known of the religion and customs of the na- 
tives at this period, but it seems certain that they believed 
in a beneficent Spirit to whom they attributed all good; 
and in an evil spirit to whom they accredited every kind 
of misfortune and wickedness. 

Their character was gentle, affable, hospitable, and 
generous. Theft among them was punished more se- 
verely than any other crime. Dancing and Avrestling 
were their principal amusements. 

The government was a kind of hereditary monarchy, 
the chief of which at the arrival of the Spaniards was the 
Cacique Aqueinaba. These Indians were principally 
agriculturists. This industry was entirely carried on by 
women; hunting and fishing being, through preference, 
the sole occupation of men. The arms of this people 
were the bow and arrow, and the macana, a kind of 
stone hatchet. 

In 1511, the Indians, irritated at finding themselves 
treated as slaves by Governor Ponce de Leon and his 
associates, rebelled against the Spaniards. The latter, 
after several furious encounters, completely routed 
their opponents on the plain of Yagiiaca or Anaxo, and 
thus made themselves masters of the whole island. 

After the death of Ponce de Leon, Puerto Rico was 
utihzed as a transportation colony for convicts. 

In 1595, the English adventurer, Drake, penetrated 
into the harbor of San Juan with a flotilla, sacked the 
city, and burned the shipping. 



HISTORICAL. 



75 



In 1598, the Earl of Cumberland took possession of the 
capital, with the intention of establishing himself 
therein; but a violent epidemic breaking out among his 
troops compelled him to relinquisli tliis project. He 
abandoned the city after ransacking and burning it. 

In 1615, a Dutch fleet, commanded by Balduina, en- 
tered the port of San Juan, which was then utterly de- 
fenseless. He laid siege to the fort of Morro, in which 
many of the inhabitants and a few Spanish troops had 
taken refuge. 

The besieged, commanded by Capt. Don Juan de 
Amezquita, made a sally against the invader, and fought 
so fiercely that in a short time the Dutch Avere routed, 
and their general slain in action at the hands of Amez- 
quita, a Spanish warrior. In the interior of Morro a 
monument was raised and still remains in honor of this 
important victory. 

In 1678, the English made another attempt to disem- 
bark at Puerto Rico; but a furious hurricane shattered 
and dispersed the ships, which were compelled to 
retire. 

Twenty-five years later, the English again attacked 
Puerto Rico, and succeeded in disembarking on the 
coast of Arecibo, but they were again repulsed with some 
loss. In 1763 Spain began to take an active interest in 
the prosperity of the island. The fortifying of San Juan 
was completed, and other means were taken to protect 
the inhabitants. Another attack by the English, followed 
by a repulse, happened in 1797. 

In 1815, commerce began to flourish, it being conducted 
on a generally liberal system; exportations were released 
from taxation, and a more extended traffic with other 
countries encouraged and carried out. 

A royal ordinance of the same year accorded to every 
colonist a gratuitous concession of four fanegas and a 
half of land, on condition of the same being properly 
cultivated. 

Thus, a small proprietorship was inaugurated, and 
very shortly this system of the appropriation of lands 
was found to be fairly successful. In addition, the 
relations between the Puertoricans and the emigrants 
grew in cordiality. 

Merivale wrote: " In twenty years the population of 
the island was doubled, and for its size it is the most 
populous part of America." 

In 1830, the exportation of sugar was one-half as great 
as that of Jamaica. In the vicinity of the larger planta- 
tions a great number of small proprietors of white race, 
known as Hivaros, cultivated their lands, living with 



DEFEAT OF 

DUTCH 
INVADERS 



BRITISH 
REPULSED 



REIGN OF 
PROSPERITY 



76 



PUERTO RICO. 



POPULATION 
INCREASES 



LOYALTY 
TO SPAIN 



TREATY OF 
COMMERCE 



IMMIGRA- 
TION 



their families and maintaining harmonious intercourse 
with their colored neighbors. 

In 1834, the population of the towns scarcely amounted 
to 40,000, whilst, on the contrary, that of the rural dis- 
tricts numbered 360,000. 

An examination of the social and economic constitu- 
tion of Puerto Rico during the first part of this century 
suffices to disperse two inveterate and universal preju- 
dices. The healthy progress of Puerto Rico demonstrates, 
first, that a European population can prosper and mul- 
tiply beneath tropical conditions such as exist in the 
Antilles, and, in the second place, that sugar and coffee 
can be the product of free labor and yield an ample 
profit and remuneration. 

Puerto Rico has had, in earlier years, much to con- 
tend with in defending herself against the greed of 
Dutch, English, and Chinese adventurers. Her inhab- 
itants, until the arrival of the United States forces in 
1898, when they welcomed the invaders, always distin- 
guished themselves for their loyalty to Spain; never 
disclaimed their origin, or denied their race. The peo- 
ple of San Domingo failed to seduce them into rebellion 
when the independence of that island was proclaimed in 
1821. Equally futile was the insurrection fomented in 
Lares in 1868, by foreigners inimical to the ruling race 
and nation. At that time the people of Puerto Rico 
defended themselves as one man, and those who would 
despoil them under the pretext of giving them great 
liberty were vigorously repulsed and subdued. 

On January 4, 1844, a commercial treaty was arranged 
between Spain and the United States, the closing stipu- 
lation of the agreement being thus summarized by the 
State Department: " Both governments bind themselves 
to begin at once negotiations for a complete treaty of 
commerce and navigation between the United States 
of America and Puerto Rico." 

On December 1, 1883, an industrial exhibition, called 
the Ponce de Leon Exhibition, was opened at Ponce. A 
valuable display was made of everything relating to the 
cultivation and commerce of tobacco. The display of 
woods produced in the island was as magnificent as it 
was interesting. 

Since the treaty of 1844 went into effect, Puerto Rico 
has steadily advanced, both in external and internal 
prosperity. The influx of foreigners, however, has not 
proved to be an unmixed blessing, and the island, of late 
years, has had its share of undesirable settlers. 

By the terms of the Treaty of Peace, signed at Paris 
on December 10, 1898, Puerto Rico was ceded to the 



CATECHISM. 



77 



United States. The island was evacuated by the Spanish OCCUPATION 
troops on October 17, 1898. On the following day the BY THE 
United States flag was raised at San Juan, and the UNITED 
United States came into formal possession of the island. STATES 



CATECHISM. 



GGOGRAPHICAIi. 



IFor tiupplementary geographical data, see text following this 
CatechtHm.l 

What does Puerto Rico signify ? 

In English, it means " Rich Harbor." 
What is the location of Puerto Rico among^ 
the great Antilles ? 

It is the most easterly 
How does Puerto Rico rank with the other 
Antilles as to size ? 

it is the fourth of the greater Antilles, coming next 

after Jamaica. 
What is the geographical location of the 
island ? 

17° 55' to 18° 3(y north latitude, and 65° 39° to 67° 

17° west longitude of Greenwich. 
Are there many islets and cliffs in the vicinity 
of Puerto Rico ? 

Yes; it is surrounded by them. 
What are the dependencies of Puerto Rico ? 

Culebra, Vieques, and Mona, with other islets. 
What is the shape of Puerto Rico ? 

An irregular parallelogram. 
What is the configuration of the coast in 
the north and south ? 

Precipitous cliffs of great height, rising abruptly 

from the ocean. 
Of what nature is the surface of the island 
near the coast ? 

It consists of fertile plains, cliffs, reefs, and lagoons. 
Are the waters of the Puerto Rican coast 
quiet or turbulent ? 

There is a strong surf on the north coast. 
What is the greatest depth of the Atlantic 
Ocean immediately to the west of Puerto 
Rico? 

4,700 fathoms. 



LOCALITY 



DEPENDEN- 
CIES 



WATERS 
OF THE 
COAST 



78 



PUERTO RICO. 



ELEVATION 

ABOVE 
SEA LEVEL 



DEPART- 
MENTS 



What body of water separates Puerto Rico 
from Haiti ? 

The Mona Passage, which body of water is over 70 
miles in width. 

How far is the surface of Puerto Rico above 

the sea level ? 

From the narrow plains of the coast— which are dry 
in the south and damp in the north— the land rises 
to an average height of from 1,500 to 1,800 feet, and in 
the eastern part of the island reaches its highest 
point, marked by the El Yungue of the Sierra de 
Luquillo, 5,000 feet in height. 

What is the nature of the surface of Puerto 
Rico as a whole ? 

It is mountainous, the average height above sea 
level being from 1,600 to 2,000 feet. 

Is the interior entirely hilly or mountainous ? 
No; there ai'e several savannahs, or rolling plains, 
covered with trees and low vegetation. 

What is the general appearance of the land 

slope ? 

It presents to the view a continual chain of habita- 
tions, the land being under good cultivation, with 
fields of sugar, plantains, coffee, patches of rice, etc. 

What is the nature of the land in the vicinity 

of the mountains ? 

From their base rich alluvial tracts extend to the 
sea, and there are numerous well-wooded and abun- 
dantly-watered valleys. 

Where are the lagoons of Puerto Rico situ- 
ated ? 

In the northwest. 

In what conspicuous manner is the eastern 

portion of the island divided from that of the 

west ? 

By a range of forest-covered mountains, which do 
not appear to exceed 4,000 feet. 

How many departments are there in Puerto 

Rico ? 

Seven:— Bayamon, near the northeast end of the 
island; Arecibo; Aquadilla; Mayaguez; Ponce, and 
Guayama. The island of Vieques (with the town of 
Isabel Segunda), is attached as an eighth department. 

What is the area of Puerto Rico, including 

Culebra, Culebrita, and Vieques ? 

3,668 square miles. 



CATECHISM. 79 



What is the length and width of Puerto Rico? 

The island is 95 miles long, and 35 miles wide. 
How is Puerto Rico bounded ? 

It lies between the island of Haiti on the west, the 

Virgin islands, belonging to Denmark, on the east, BOUNDARIES 

the island of St. Croix on the east-southeast, and the 

channel of Mona on the west. 

How far is Puerto Rico from Cuba ? 

One hundred miles, from coast to coast. 

How is Puerto Rico located with reference to 
other important points ? 

From New York, 1,500 miles; from Key West and 
Havana, 1,000 miles; from Cadiz, 8,000 miles; from the 
Canaries, 2,600 miles. 

CLiIMATE. 

What is the nature of the climate of Puerto 
Rico? 

It is hot and humid, but not inimical to health, ex- 
cept locally, in the marshy districts, and in cities 
where sanitation is neglected. 

What is the average temperature of Puerto temper- 
Rico ? ATURE 

79°. 

What is the maximum of heat in Puerto Rico? 

100.8°. 

Which month of the year is deemed the 
healthiest in Puerto Rico ? 

October. 
How many seasons are recognized in Puerto 
Rico? 

Two; the rainy and the dry, the first lasting from 
July to December, and the latter from January to 
June, both inclusive. 

Does the central longitudinal location of the 

mountain ranges greatly affect the climate ? 
Yes, as the hills and mountains intercept the north- 
east trade winds with their rain clouds, there is some- 
times almost a superabundance of moisture in the 
lowlands of the north, while in the south severe 
droughts occur, and the land demands artificial irri- 
gation. 

What are the usual weather conditions in 

midwinter ? 

The days are delightful, differing but little from 
those of autumn in southern Spain. 



SEASONS 



80 PUERTO RICO. 



What is the length of the longest day ? 

It scarcely exceeds thirteen hours. 

Which is the most disastrous natural phenom- 
HURRICANES enon of the island ? 

The tremendous hurricanes occuring between the 
months of July and October. 

Is there an alternation of land and sea breezes 
in Puerto Rico ? 

Yes ; the land breeze sets in about 9 o'clock in the 
morning and continues throughout the day. The 
sea breeze arises soon after sunset, and continues 
until an hour after sunrise. The least endurable 
temperature is during the change. 

Do strangers easily become acclimated in 
Puerto Rico ? 

Yes, probably more so than in any other part of the 
West Indies. 

Do dangerous fevers prevail ? 
FEVERS They occur, but are deemed less contagious and less 

dangerous than in Cuba and San Domingo. 

Is yellow fever known in the interior ? 

No, only on the coasts. 

inOUNTAINS, RIVERS, HARBORS. 

Which is the highest range of mountains in 
the West ? 

The Sierra Cayey, which terminates abruptly on the 
southern coast, forming a great precipice. 

Which is the highest mountain peak? 

El Yunque in the Sierra de Luquillo, situated on the 
northeast. This peak is 3,700 feet high. 

What is the character of the valleys ? 

They are well drained and very fruitful. 

Are there any large caves or caverns ? 

Yes; notably those of Aguasbuenas and Ciales. The 
former contains beautiful stalactites and deep 
CAVES indentations which shelter a multitude of bats. The 

latter exhibits striking examples of hand carving. 
Apartments have been hewn out, including seats for 
visitors. 

Are there many rivers ? 

There are fifty small rivers, partly navigable and 
running to the sea. 



CATECHISM. 81 



Is the harbor accommodation good ? 

Yes, there are many excellent harbors, but on the 
north a strong surf interferes with the usefulness of 
those in that locality. RIVERS, 

Which are the principal harbors ? harbors 

San Juan and Arecibo, on the north coast; Agua- 
dilla and Mayaguez, on the west; Ponce (roadstead), 
Arroyo, and Guayanilla, on the south; and Humacao 
and Fajardo, on the east. 

Which is the principal port and harbor ? 

San Juan, having one of the best harbors in the An- 
tilles. It is situated at the western extremity of the 
island. 

What is the situation of San Juan Harbor ? 
On the 3ast side is an extensive sand-bank. The en- 
trance is over 2,000 feet wide, and is defended on the 
west by forts, erected on two small islands. A coral 
formation prevents large ships from docking. 

TRANSPORTATION, TEIiEIGRAPH, ETC. tRANSPOR- 

How many miles of good roadway are there ? tation 

150 miles. 

What is the usual mode of conveyance where 
the roads are bad ? 

On horseback. 

How many miles of railroad are there ? 

About 137 miles completed, and 170 miles under con- 
struction. 

Where do the railroads run, and what is their 

total length ? 

From San Juan to Arecibo, also some smaller lines. 
The total length is 100 miles (1893). 

How many miles of telegraph are there ? 

There are 470. TELEGRAPHS 

Are there any telephone systems ? '^^^ 

Tz 4-0 T TQ 1 TIT TELEPHONES 

Yes; at San Juan, Ponce, and Mayaguez. 

POPUIiATION. 

What is the distinctive name and what are 
the leading characteristics of the people ? 

" Puertoriguenos." They are well proportioned and 
delicately organized. At the same time they lack 
energy, are slow and indolent, possess vivid imagina- 
tions, are vain and inconstant, tho hospitable to 
strangers, and ardent lovers of liberty. (The fore- 
going description of characteristics is by an author 
of the last century.) 



82 



PUERTO RICO. 



NATIVE 

CHARACTER 

I8TICS 



FOREIGN 
ELEMENT 



Are modern writers generous in their views of 

native characteristics ? 

Yes; one affirms that they are " affable, generous, 
hospitable to a fault, loyal to their sovereign, and 
will, to the last gasp, defend the island from inva- 
sion. The fair sex are sweet and amiable, faithful 
as wives, loving as sisters, sweethearts, and daugh- 
ters, ornaments to any society; tasteful in dress, 
graceful in deportment, and elegant in carriage." 

What was the population in 1887 and 1889 ? 

In 1887, 813,937, the number of negroes being 300,000; 
1889, 806,708. 

What is the proportional population of whites 
and other races ? 

White, 56.4 per cent.; Mulattos, 32.8 percent.; Ne- 
groes, 10.8 per cent. 

Among residents of European origin, what 

countries are prominent ? 

Spain, Germany, Sweden, Denmark, Russia, and 
France. There are also a number of Chuetas, or 
descendants of Moorish Jews from Majorca. Some 
natives of the Canary islands also reside in Puerto 
Rico. 

From what nations are the small landholders 

and country laborers descended ?. 

From Spanish stock, largely modified by Indian 
blood. 

Is the present standard of education in Puerto 

Rico high ? 

No; in 1880, among 754,313 persons, 553,750 could 
neither read nor write. 



CITIES AND TOUTNS. 

[_For supplementary data on cities and towns, see textfolloicing 
this Cateckistn.'\ 

CITIES AND How many towns and villages are there ? 

TOWNS About sixty. 

Which are the leading cities or towns, ac- 
cording to location ? 

In the north, San Juan and Arecibo; in the west, 
Mayaguez; in the south. Ponce and Utuado. 

Which are the principal cities or towns, ac- 
cording to importance ? 

San Juan, 26,000; Ponce, 42,000; Mayaguez, 28,000; 

San German, 20,000. 



is^ 



CATECHISM. 



83 



SAN JUAN 
CITY 



Is the city of San Juan on the main island ? 

No; it stands on the island of Morro, and is connected 
with the main land by a bridge. The city is strongly 
fortified. There is a large and safe harbor, which is 
difiScult of access for purposes of assault or invasion. 

Which are the principal buildings in the city 

of San Juan ? 

The cathedral, town hall, arsenal, custom houses, 
and theater. 

VEGETABIiE KlNGDOlfl. 

[For supplementary data, including lists of vegetables, fruits, 

flowers, trees, etc., with Spanish equivalents, see text 

following this Catechism.J 

What is the nature of the soil ? 

It is of extraordinary fertility, and adapts itself to 

all kinds of cultivation. 
Which are the principal agricultural pro- 
ducts ? 

Sugar-cane, coflfee, tobacco, maize, rice, and cotton. 
What other agricultural and vegetable pro- 
ducts are there ? 

Corn, bananas, kassaves, batates, yams, coconut, 

nutmeg, and tropical fruits. 
In what part of the island does tobacco flour- 
ish ? 

In the fertile lowlands. 

What was the value of tobacco exported in 
1891? 

$1,000,000. 

Are the conditions for sugar-growing favor- 
able ? SUGAR 

Very, owing to the abundance of water, fertility of CULTIVATION 
the soil, and extent of its plains. 
Where does the sugar-cane grow ? 

In the littoral levels, between the mountains and the 



AGRICUL- 
TURAL 
PRODUCTS 



Where are the principal plantations and mills 
located ? 

At Loisa, Joa, Baja, and other parts where the soil 
is so well suited for the industry that top-dressing is 
almost unknown, and rarely employed. 
Has the production of sugar increased of late ? 
Yes; in 1880 the production did not exceed 50,000 
tons yearly. Since that time remunerated employ- 
ment has taken the place of slave labor, and sugar 
cultivation has been undertaken upon a much larger 
scale. 



84 



PUERTO RICO. 



SUGAR- 
CANE 



INDIAN 
CORN 



FRUITS 



What is the average annual product of sugar ? 

67,000 tons. 

What is the average product of sugar-cane 
per cuerda ? 

30 tons. 

Is the cultivation of coffee an important indus- 
try ? 

Yes; it has been greatly developed within recent 
years, perfect results having been achieved through 
the enterprise of Corsicans, who have made coffee 
culture a special study. 

At what elevation does coffee thrive best ? 

From about 600 to 1,000 feet above the sea level. 

What is the average annual product of coffee 
in Puerto Rico ? 

17,000 tone. 

Is maize, the true Indian corn, cultivated ? 

Yes; also the yucca, or aboriginal "staff of life." 
Both grow throughout the island. 

At what elevation is rice cultivated ? 

At nearly all elevations. It is the chief food of many 
laborers, being what is known as the mountain vari- 
ety. 

In what part of the island are European 
grains cultivated ? 

In the higher regions. 

Do bananas and plantains thrive in Puerto 
Rico? 

Yes; the island is wonderfully prolific in this respect. 

What is the aggregate annual product of 
bananas and coconuts ? 

Bananas, 200,000,000; coconuts, 3,000,000. 

What is the average life of banana and plan- 
tain trees ? 

Sixty years, being equally long-lived with the coco- 
palm. Bananas and plantains bear fruit ten months 
after planting; the coco-palm produces nuts in six or 
seven years, and thereafter during the space of an 
ordinary life, its yield being reckoned at 100 nuts a 
year. 

Is the pineapple grown ? 

Yes; it is more general and more reliable than the 
peach of our north temperate zone. 



TREES 



MINERALS 



CATECHISM. 85 



What do the forests yield ? 

Mahogany, cedar, dye woods, balsam, resins, and 
fiber stuffs. 

Are gum trees found throughout the island ? 
Yes; especially the maraey, guaiacum, and copal. 

Of what character is the verdure on the higher 

hills ? 

Varied tropical forest vegetation, including tree- 
ferns in large quantities- gum trees, and mountain 
palms. 

MINERAL KINGDOM. 

IFor details concerning minerals including list of names icith 
the Spanish equivalents, see text following this Catechism.'] 

Is the geological formation of Puerto Rico 
accurately known ? 

No; according to the observations of experts, the 

island contains sandstone, slate, diabose, and felsite. 
Among minerals, which are the richest and 
most plentiful ? 

Gold, copper, iron, lead, silver, sulphur, coal, and 

salt. 
Are any of these minerals mined ? 

No. 
What are the mineral products in addition to 
those mentioned above ? 

Magnetic iron, Kalspath Spar, Malachite, and fibrous 

gypsum. These are found in the region of Juneos, 

which also contains blue copper. 
Are there any mines now in operation in 
Puerto Rico ? 

Yes, for the production of salt, which is secured SALTMINES 

from the lagoons on the coast. 

ANIMAL KINGDOM. 

iFor details concerning animals, birds, insects, reptiles, etc., 

including lists of names with Spanish equivalents, 

see text following this Catechism.} 

Are there many mammiferous animals in 
Puerto Rico ? 

Some have been imported from Europe, but have 
not flourished, and are now degenerating. 
Is there much pasture land ? 

Yes, there are great and rich pastures in the north- 
east and the southeast. They support vast herds of 
cattle and horses for domestic purposes. These 
animals are also exported to all parts of the West 
Indies. 



PUERTO RICO. 



Is Puerto Rico favorable for the breeding of 
domestic animals ? 

Yes; goats, horses, and mules are successfully 
raised. 
DOMESTIC Is sheep raising a lucrative branch of industry? 
ANIMALS Yes; the mountains on the south coast are particu- 

larly well adapted to this purpose, the grass being 
mingled with aromatic plants. 

Is the flesh and wool of Puerto Rican sheep 
superior to that of adjacent islands ? 

The flesh is delicious, but the wool degenerates into 
a kind of hair, similar to that of the goat. 

Do sea fisheries form an important industry ? 

FISHERIES Yes. 

Are venomous snakes found in Puerto Rico ? 

No; and the same may be said of reptiles (except 
the vampire), and beasts of prey. The island bears 
no resemblance in this respect to other islands in the 
Antilles. 



RECEIPTS 

AND 
EXPENDI- 
TURES 



SHIPPING 



FINANCE AND SHIPPING. 

\_For further details concerning commerce of Puerto Rico, see 
text and tables followi7ig this Catechism.'\ 

What were the total receipts of Puerto Rico 
during the fiscal year 1893-94 ? 

$3,903,655. 

What were the total expenditures during the 
fiscal year 1893-4 ? 

$3,879,813; $1,050,000 of that amount being used for 
military purposes. 

What was the public debt of Puerto Rico in 
1893? 

There was none. 
How many vessels cleared from Puerto Rico in 
1895? 

1,070, with a tonnage of 900,379. 

How many vessels entered in Puerto Rico in 
1895? 

1,077, with a tonnage of 1,079,236. 
Of the vessels entering Puerto Rico in 1895, 
how many were from prominent commercial 
countries ? 

Spain, 150; England, 109; Germany, 50; France, 44; 

Cuba, 171; U. S., 190; British West Indies, 160. 



CATECHISM. 



87 



''What are the principal articles of import ? 

Linen, cotton cloths, shoes, fancj' goods, household 
goods, coal, iron, soap, meat, lard, jerked beef, fish, 
rice, flour, vegetables, olive oil, wine, cheese, and 
\ manufactured tobacco. 



jOf what nature are the imports from leading 

nations ? 

Those from England include tissues, cottons, rice, 
and motor machinery. Spain sends alimentary sub- 
stances, such as wine, flour, rice, and oil. From the 
U. S. are received various woods, pork, and cereals. 
France supplies wine, brandy, cereals, and pot herbs. 
Germany and Italy are not strongly represented in 
imports at present. From the Argentine Republic is 
imported a salt meat called tasajo, which is an article 
in great demand throughout the island. 

What is tasajo ? 

It is a dried, salted meat, prepared in string shape. 
The natives find it palatable and convenient to carry. 

What was the total value of imports in 1895 ? 
$16,155,056, against $18,316,971 in 1894. 

Which of the imports of Puerto Rico showed 
an increase in 1895 over 1894 ? 

Meat, fish, olive oil, and tobacco. 

Which of the imports of Puerto Rico showed 
a decrease in 1S95 over 1894 ? 

Flour, vegetables, and wine. 

What was the total value of 
Puerto Rico from Cuba in 1895 ? 



INCREASED 
IMPORTS 



imports to 



What were the quantities of the principal 
exports from Puerto Rico in 1896 ? 

Sugar, 54,205 tons; coffee, 26,655 tons; hides, 169 
tons; cattle, 3,178 head; timber, 30 tons; molasses. 
14,740 tons; tobacco, 1,039 tons. 

What was the total value of domestic exports 
from the U. S. to Puerto Rico in 1897? 

$1,964,850. 

What was the total value of foreign exports 
from U. S. to Puerto Rico in 1897 ? 

$24,038. 



TOTAL 
EXPORTS 



PUERTO RICO. 



What was the value of imports and exports 
with countries other than Cuba during 1895? 



Countries, 

England 

France 

Germany 

Italy 

Holland 

Denmark 

British West Indies. . 
Danish West Indies. . 
French West Indies. . 



Imports. 



Exports. 



$1,765,574 

251,984 

1,368,595 

19.619 

325,301 

26,565 

1,709,117 

600 

55 



11,144,555 

1,376,087 

1,181,396 

589,045 

3,246 

236,418 

521,649 

40,4^4 

62,927 



CHIEF 
EXPORTS 



INCREASED 
EXPORTS 



What are the principal articles of export from 
Puerto Rico ? 

Sugar, coffee, molasses, honey, cotton, tobacco, 
horned cattle, horses, raw hides, brandy, woods for 
construction and dyeing. The fruits exported include 
oranges, bananas, and pineapples. Coconuts and 
maize are also exported. 

What was the value of exports in 1895 ? 

$14,629,494, against $16,015,665 in 1894. 

What was the value of exports to Cuba in 
1895? 

$3,610,936. 

Which of the exports showed an increase in 
1895 over 1894 ? 

Sugar and honey. 

Which of the exports showed a decrease in 
1895 over 1894 ? 

Coffee. 

What was the value of dutiable imports to 
the United States in 1897 ? 

2,079,.SI3. 

What was the value of free imports from to the 
United States in 1897 ? 

$101,711. 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



COASTS 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

Capes:— On the south, the Cape of Mala Pascua; south- 
Tvest, Cape Rojo; on the east the jagged Culebra; the 
•est are mere points or projections. On the southwest, 
Oape San Francisco, opposite the island of Desecho; the 
(ooints Jigiiero and Cardenas, which form the bight of 
|linc6n; the point of Algarrobo, which is the southern 
tpoint of the bight of Mayagiiez. More towards the east 
*ire the points Matansa and Caballon, between which 
\the coast of Ponce is hollowed out, and a few other of 
ftninor importance commence at Cape Bruquen. 

, Coasts: — The eastern coast lies opposite the islands of 
Basaje, the nearer isles are those of Culebra and Vieques. 
: On this coast are many points frequented by vessels 
of the coast (or island traffic). Leaving the Cabeza de 
San Juan at the extreme northeast of the island, and 
sailing toward the south, the first port which presents 
itself is that of Fajardo. This is really no more than a 
Ibarren coral, guarded by the islets of Obispo, Zancundo. 
and Rainos, and by a fearful reef which almost unites 
the two last-named islets. 

A chain of reefs, starting from the Cabezade San Juan 
toward the west coast of the Island of Culebra, presents 
three passes (or openings). 

The first is that of Barriles, the second that of Herma- 
nos, and the third that of San Juan. This last is of 
greater extent, and from this point many small vessels 
sail for the east coast of the island. 

The second pass (or opening) which leads to the port of 
Fajardo, is situate very near to the east of the Island of 
Samos, and only separated from it by a canal about a 
mile and a half in width. 

The Piiaeros are keys of small elevations, luxuriant in 
foliage, and are situated between the points of Medio, 
Mundo, and Pinero, at the eastern extremity of Puerto 
Rico. 

Las Lavanderas (the washerwomen) are steep-sided, 
but accessible reefs, level with the water, situated at 
the north coast of the Cape of Pifiero. 

The Piraguas are islets, rocky and steep-sided, situate 
to the east of the Lavanderas. 

Reefs:— Northwest of Puerto Rico are the reefs Bar 
riles, and Corc'illera; on the south, Palomines, Teocas, 
and Cucaracha. The most perilous reefs are those of 
Chinchorros, broken, rocky, and difficult of access. REEFS 



Bays:— On the west coast and rather south is the bay 
of Corona; Boqueron, a large semicircular bay from 



AND BAYS 



90 



PUERTO RICO. 



PORTS AND 
HARBORS 



which jut the points of Aquila and ('ape Roux. On the 
east coast are the bays of Agul-rra, Jobos, del Infierno, 
and Arroyo, and that of Patillos, between the points, 
Las Figuras, and Del Viento. 

Ports:— The principal port is that of San Juan de Pu- 
erto Rico, and this is one of the best in the whole of the 
Antilles. It is situate at the western extremity of the 
island. Others of importance are Fajardo, Esenada- 
Honda, Jobos, Salinas de Coamo, Guanica, and Puerto 
Real. Of lesser size are the ports of Aguirre, Jobos, Del 
Infierno de Arroj'o, and Patillos, between the points Las 
Figuras and Del Viente. 

Mountains:— The little chains which indent the island 
attain their height on its eastern side at Yunque. The 
mountains are low, but present, on their slopes, the most 
luxuriant vegetation. 

They include Mount Torito in Caney; Gcrdo and Las 
Tetas de Cerro, in German. The sierras of Cayey and 
Coamo are situate on the east, and on the western sides, 
towards the north, is the rugged range of the Lares. 
Between the townships of Barranquitas and Barros, 
there is a low range bearing the same name. 

Le Mata de Platanos is close to the town of Peiiuelas, 
and la Silla de Guilarte f I'owns upon the little town of 
Adjuntas. 

Valleys:— Those of Arecibo, Toa, Cayagua or Loisa, 
which open natural ways of communication to the midst 
of the little mountains of the interior. 

The extensive valley of Toabago is situate on the 
north coast, fronting the capital. It stretches to the 
base of the mountains toward the south, and on the east 
communicates with the valley of Bayano. The valley of 
Loisa is on the eastern extremity of the island. To the 
west lies the rich and picturesque valley of Manati. 

Lowlands (Bajos):— Rincon, la Perogrina, el Algar- 
robo, las Perchas, Rodriquez, Mancha de Fuera y de 
Tierra, and Los Machos Grandes y Chicos. 

Rivers:— There are only two notable streams, south 
side; the rivers Coamo and Jacaguas or Juan Diaz, both 
of which discharge on the southern side of the island. 
Very much moi'e important are the rivers of the west 
side declivity; the Guanajibo (30 to 35 miles in length), 
which flows to San German; the river of Afiasco (40 to 45 
miles), and the river Pepino, which exceeds 25 miles. 

On the northern side the Tuna, the Carney, the Arecibo, 
the Toa, Bayamon, and the Cayagua or Loisa, which 
encircles, on the west, the little mountains of Luquillo; 
most of these attain the length of 60 to 65 miles. 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



91 



The east side presents three small rivers : Far j ado, 
Eumacoa, and Guayanes. 

' Few countries of the extent of Puerto Rico are 
watered by so many streams. Seventeen rivers take RIVERS 
their rise in the mountains, cross the valleys of the north 
'coast, and fall into the sea. 

' Those of Manati, Loisa, Trabajo, and Arecibo are 
'Very deep and broad. The rivers Bayamo and Rio 
'Redias flow into the harbor of the capital, and are navi- 
gable for boats. Many of the rivers are only navigable 
for a short distance, owing to the accumulation of sand. 
There is a formidable sandbar at the mouth of the 
Arecibo. 

Volcanic Action.— The volcanic region of Puerto Rico 
may be described as just without the zone of the devast- VOLC AN IC 
ating current which has caused such disasters to many ACTION 
of the West India islands. 

Notwithstanding, some of the small windward sets 
present unmistakable signs of marked volcanic action. 
In the years 1786, 1843, and 1887, the sea retired three or 
ifour times at some distance from its shore. 



3, PROVINCES AND CITIES. 

Provinces:— The island, as administered by the late 
''government, constitutes one single province, under the 
^authority of a governor-general. Under the military 
rule of the United States, a governor has been appointed 
*to administer the affairs of the island. At present there 
■are ten districts, i. e., Aguadillo, Arecibo, Caguas, Gua- 
Vama, Humacao, Mayagiiez, Ponce, Puerto Rico, San 
^German, San Juan. 

CITIES AND TOWNS.* 

San Juan, the capital city, is situated on a long and 
marrow island, separated from the main island at one 
end by a shallow arm of the sea, over which is a bridge 
-connecting it with the mainland, which runs out at this 
,point in a long sand spit some 9 miles in length, appar- 
ently to meet the smaller island; at the other end the 
island ends in a rugged bluflE, or promontory, some hun- 
dred feet high and three-fourths of a mile distant from 
the main island. 

This promontory is crowned by Morro Castle, the 
principal fortification of the town. 



PROVINCES 

AND 
DISTRICTS 



SAN JUAN 
CITY 



• Compiled from data furnished the department by consular 
Dfflcers in 1896. 



92 



PUERTO RICO. 



SAN JUAN 
HARBOR 



AREA OF 
SAN JUAN 



DWELLINGS 
IN SAN JUAN 



At this end of the island is the entrance to the harbor, 
with a narrow channel and rocky bottom, so close under 
the headland that one can almost leap ashore from a 
passing vessel. The water here is some 30 feet deep. 
To a mariner unacquainted with the locality, or when a 
norther is blowing, this entrance is one of difificulty and 
danger. 

After rounding the bluff one finds a broad and difficult 
bay, landlocked and with a good depth of water, which 
is being increased by dredging. 

It is by far the best harbor in Puerto Rico, and proba- 
bly as good a one as can be found in the West Indies. 
However, it has its drawbacks. Sailing vessels are fre- 
quently detained by the northerly winds during the 
winter months, and even steamers with a draft of over 
20 feet are sometimes delayed; but these occasions are 
rare. When they do occur, the " boca," or entrance to 
the harbor, is a mass of seething, foaming water, and 
presents an imposing spectacle. To see steamers of 16 
to 18 feet draft enter in a severe norther is a sight to be 
remembered, as the great waves lift them up and seem 
about to hurl them forward to destruction. At such 
times there is need of a staunch vessel, steady nerves, 
and a captain well acquainted with the channel, as no 
pilot will venture out. 

The island upon which the city stands is shaped much 
like an arm and hand; it is about 234 miles long, and 
averages less than one-fourth of a mile in width. The 
greatest width is a little over half a mile in the portion 
representing the hand, which also contains the major 
part of the city. 

San Juan is a perfect specimen of a walled town, with 
portcullis, moat, gates, and battlements. 

Built over 250 years ago, it is still in good condition 
and repair. 

The walls are picturesque, and represent a stupendous 
work and cost in themselves. 

Inside the walls the city is laid off in regular squares, 
six parallel streets running in the direction of the length 
of the island and seven at right angles. 

The houses are closely and compactly built of brick, 
usually of two stories, stuccoed on the outside and 
painted in a variety of colors. The upper floors are oc- 
cupied by the more respectable people, while the ground 
floors, almost without exception, are given up to 
negroes and the poorer class, who crowd one upon 
another in the most appalling manner. 

The population within the walls is estimated at 20,000, 
and most of it lives on the ground floor. In one small 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



93 



room, with a flimsy partition, a whole family will reside. 
The ground floor of the whole town reeks with filth, and 
conditions are most unsanitary.* In a tropical country, 
where disease readily prevails, the consequences of such 
herding may be easily inferred. 

There is no running water in the town. The entire popvi- 
lation depends upon rain water, caught upon the flat 
roofs of the buildings and conducted to the cistern, 
which occupies the greater part of the inner courtyard 
that is an essential part of Spanish houses the world 
over, but that here, on account of the crowded condi- 
tions, is very small. 

There is no sewerage, except for surface water and 
sinks, while vaults are in every house and occupy what- 
ever remaining space there may be in the patios not 
taken up by the cisterns. The risk of contaminating the 
water is very great, and in dry seasons the supply is en- 
tirely exhausted. 

Epidemics are frequent, and the town is alive with 
vermin, fleas, cockroaches, mosquitoes, and dogs. 

The streets are wider than in the older part of 
Havana, and will admit two carriages abreast. The 
sidewalks are narrow, and in places will accommodate 
but one person. The pavements are of a composition 
manufactured in England from slag, pleasant and even, 
and durable when no heavy strain is brought to bear 
upon them, but easily broken and unfit for heavy traffic. 

The streets are swept once a day by hand and, strange 
to say, are kept very clean. 

From its topographical situation the town should be 
healthy, but it is not. 

The soil under the city is clay mixed with lime, so hard 
as to be almost like rock. It is consequently impervious 
to water, and furnishes a good natural drainage. 

The trade-winds blow strong and fresh, and through 
the harbor runs a stream of sea water at a speed of not 
less than 3 miles an hour. 

With these conditions, no contagious diseases, if 
properly taken care of, could exist; without them, the 
place would be a veritable plague spot. 

Besides the town within the walls, there are small por- 
tions just outside, called the Marina and Puerta de 
Tierra, containing two or three thousand inhabitants 
each. 

There are also two suburbs, one, San Turce, ap- 
proached by the only road leading out of the city, and 



WATER 
SUPPLY 



EPIDEMICS 
AND PESTS 



ADVAN- 
TAGEOUS 
LOCATION 



• It is safe to say that vigorous measures have already been 
taken to remedy the evils described In this official report. 



94 PUERTO RICO. 



the other, Cataiio, across the bay, reached by ferry. 
The Marina and the two suburbs are situated on sandy 
points or spits, and the latter are surrounded by man- 
grove swamps. 

The entire population of the city and suburbs, accord- 
ing to the census of 1887, was 27,000. It is now (1896) 
estimated at 30,000. 

One-half the population consists of negroes and mixed 
races. 

There is but little manufacturing, and it is of small 
importance. The Standard Oil Company has a small 
refinery across the bay, in which crude petroleum, 
brought from the United States, is refined. Matches 
are made, some brooms, a httle soap, and a cheap class 
of trunks. There are also ice, gas, and electric-light 
works. 

■ The climate is warm, but for three months of the year 
agreeable, altho one is subject, from the sudden change, 
to colds and catarrh. 

The natives are particularly susceptible to this class of 
ailments, and to consumption and bronchitis. 

The city of Ponce is situated on the south coast of the 
island of Puerto Rico, on a plain, about 2 miles from the 
C'TY <^'^ seaboard. 

It is regularly built— the central part almost exclu- 
sively of brick houses, and the suburbs of wood. It is 
the residence of the military commander and the seat of 
an official chamber of commerce. 

There is an appellate criminal court, besides other 
courts; two churches — one Protestant, said to be the 
only one in the Spanish West Indies— two hospitals be- 
sides the military hospitals, a home of refuge for the old 
and poor, a perfectly-equipped fire department, a bank, 
a theater, three first-class hotels, and gas works. The 
city has an ice machine, and there are 115 vehicles for 
pubUc conveyance. 

The inhabitants, who number about 15,000, are prin- 
cipally occupied in mercantile pursuits; but carpenters, 
bricklayers, joiners, tailors, shoemakers, and barbers 
find good employment. 

The department of Ponce counts about 40,000 inhabi- 
POPULATION tants. 

The chief occupations of the people are the cultiva- 
tion of sugar, cocoa, tobacco, and oranges, and the 
breeding of cattle. 

Commercially, Ponce is the second city of importance 
on the island. 

A fine road leads to the port (Playa), where all the im- 
port and export trade is transacted. 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



95 



Playa has about 5,000 inhabitants, and here are sit t^ated 
the custom-house, the office of the captain of the port, 
and all the consular offices. 

The port is spacious, and will hold vessels of 25 feet 
draft. 

The climate, on occount of the sea breezes during the 
day and land breezes at night, is not oppressive, tho 
warm; and, as water for all purposes, including the fire 
department, is amply supplied by an aqueduct, it may 
be said that the city of Ponce is, perhaps, the healthiest 
place in the whole island. 

Mayaguez, the third city in importance of the island, 
is situated in the west part, facing what is generally 
known as the " Mona Channel." 

Of industries there is httle to be said, except that 
there are three manufactories of chocolate, which is for 
local consumption. 

Sugar, coffee, oranges, pineapples, and coconuts are 
exported largely— all, except coffee, principally to the 
United States. Of sugar, the muscovado goes to the 
United States and the centrifugal to Spain. 

Mayaquez is the second port for coffee, the average 
annual export being 170,000 hundredweight. The 
quality is of the best, ranging in price with Java and 
other first-rate brands. The lower grades are sent to 
Cuba. 

About 50,000 bags of flour are imported into this port 
every year from the United States, out of the 180,000 
bags that are consumed in the whole island. 

The population is nearly 20,000, the majority white. 

The climate is excellent, the temperature never 
exceeding 90° F. 

The city is connected by tram with the neighboring 
town of Aguadilla, and a railroad is being constructed 
to Lares, one of the large interior towns. 

Aquadilla, the city which is the principal town and 
the port of the Aguadilla District, in the northwest por- 
tion of the island, has 5,000 inhabitants. 

Industries in the vicinity consist of the cultivation of 
sugar-cane, coffee, tobacco, and coconuts, and the 
distillation of rum from molasses. 

In the town are three establishments for preparing 
coffee for exportation. 

The climate is hot, but healthy; there is hardly ever 
yellow fever. 

Arecibo, the town of from 6,000 to 7,000 inhabitants, 
is situated on the north coast of Puerto Rico, facing the 
Atlantic Ocean, and some 50 miles distant by rail from 
San Juan. 



TOWN OF 
PLAYA 



MAYAGUEZ 
CITY 



AQUADILLA 
CITY 



TOWN OF 
ARECIBO 



96 



PUERTO RICO. 



PORT OF 
ARECIBO 



TOWN OF 
FAJARDO 



TOWN OF 
NAGUABO 



It is similar to aU Spanish towns, with a plaza sur- 
rounded by the church and other public buildings in the 
center, the streets running from it in right angles, 
forming regular squares. The buUdings are constructed 
of wood and brick. 

The harbor is poor, being nothing more than an open 
roadstead exposed to the full force of the ocean, in 
which vessels during northerly winds can hardly lie in 
safety. Close inshore, on one side, dangerous reefs 
stretch, a constant menace to vessels if the anchor does 
not hold. 

Into this harbor empties a narrow and shallow stream 
called the Rio Grande de Arecibo. Goods are conveyed 
on this river to and from the town in flat-bottomed 
boats, with the aid of long poles and by dint of much 
pushing and patience. At the bar of the river every- 
thing is again transferred into lighters, and thence to 
vessels. It is a tedious and expensive process. 

However, Arecibo is quite an important port, and has 
tributary to it a large district of some 30,000 inhabitants. 
The want of good roads in the island makes such a place 
as Arecibo far more important than it would naturally be. 
The town Fajardo, on the east coast of the island, has 
a population of 8,779, according to the last official statis- 
tics (December, 1887). 

The port is handsome, with a third-class lighthouse at 
the entrance at the point called Cabezas de San Juan, 
and a custom-house open to universal commerce. 
The town is about 134 miles from the bay. 
The only important industry of the district is the 
manufacture of muscovado sugar, to which most of the 
planters devote themselves. 

Shooks, hickory hoops, pine boards, and provisions, 
come from the United States in considerable quantities. 
Sugar and molasses are exported, and occasionaUy 
tortoise shell. 
The chmate is temperate and healthy. 
Naguabo (on the eastside) is a small town of only about 
2,000 inhabitahts, and in the harbor there is another 
smaller place, called Playa de Naguabo, or Ucares with 
about 1,500. 

The capital of the department, Humacao, is 9 miles 
from Naguabo, and has 4,000 inhabitants, the district 
comprising more than 15,000. 

Arroyo, in the district of Guayama (southeast portion), 
is a small seaport of about 1,200 inhabitants. 

The annual exports to the United States average 
7,000 to 10,000 heads of sugar, 2,000 to 5,000 casks of ' 
molasses, and 50 to 150 casks and barrels of bay rum. 



VEGETABLES, MINERALS, ANIMALS. 



97 



VIEQUES. 
The island of Vieques, situated 13 miles east of Puerto 
Rico, is 21 miles long and 6 miles wide. 

Its land is very fertile and adapted to the cultivation 
of almost all the fruits and vegetables that grow in the 
West Indies. 
Cattle are raised and sugar cultivated. 
' It has a population of some 6,000. 

' The town Isabel Segunda, is on the north, and the 
port is unsafe in times of northerly wind, like all the 
anchorages on that side; the few ports on the south are 
better, the best being Punta Arenas. 

Not long ago there were two importing and exporting 
houses on the island Vieques ; but, on account of a long 
- period of drought and the high duties on foreign 
imported goods, trade has decreased to local consump- 
tion only. , . ., 

All supplies are brought from San Juan, the majority 
being of American origin. ^ v, i^v, ,. 

The climate is fine and may be considered healthy, 
there have never been any contagious diseases. 



ISLAND OF 
VIEQUES 



ISABEL 
SEGUNDA 



VEGETABLE, MINERAL, AND ANIMAL 
KINGDOMS. 

Spanish names loith English equivalents. 

VEGETABLE KINGDOM-PUERTO RICO. 

Agriculttiral. 

Algodon C^^tton. 

^rroz ^^^® (magnificent). 

Azucar.".. '.'.'. Sugar. 

Batatas •••• Sweet potatoes. 

Caf 6 Coffee. 

Colifl'or Cauliflower. 

Guisantes comun de Europa. Common peas of Europe. 

Maiz (Indigene) Indian corn (Indigenous). 

^ame Yarn. 

Platanos Plantains. 

Tabaco Tobacco. 

Verba de Guinea Guinea grass. 

Yuca Manioc. 

Trees and woods of construction— Cabinet and dye- 
work. 

El abenez Hard ebony wood. 

El algarrobo The locust tree. 

El algarrobo veteado The striped locust tree. 

El bejuco de mono TaU pliable reed. 



AGRICUL- 
TURE 



TREES 



PUERTO RICO. 



Elboj. 



Boxwood. 



TREEfi Sf °^''''°'° Sandal wood. 

TREES El guayabo The guava tree, 

El guayacan Holly tree (lignum vit*). 

^f?^^^.«^a Theflgtree. 

F ?f "', T^.V^ '^^^ ^*'d ^^digo tree. 

El laurel de llamas The flame tree. 

Madera de libano Pencil wood. 

La magnolia llamado Mau- The magnolia caUed Mau- 
,*"*^'^' rice. 

Mirtocerera The wax myrtle. 

f^'^S^^ The walnut tree. 

Palmeras varias Various palm trees. 

?'^°^^« The oak. 

Veteado de coromandel Zebra wood. 

Fruits. 

La aquacatemanteca vegetal Vegetable sweet butter 
FRUITS ^"^^®- nut. 

Efir^' The pineapple. 

^*^°°^ Soft custard apple. 

If^^""^^ Bananas. 

S^^'^^yabo Theguava. 

^^f^^°a« Apples. 

Melon almizclado Muskmelon. 

Melon de agua Watermelon. 

f;«P^l^« Medlar nuts. 

^^^«; Grapes. 

^^P°*«s ZapotUlanut. 



FLOWERS 



-FZot^ers. 
La bougainviUa(indigena)... The bougainvilla (indige- 
T?i T nous). 

ElJasmin, bianco y amarillo. White and red Jasmine 

Lamagnolia The magnolia. 

Nasturcios veteados striped nasturtiums. 

^^^^°^^^^a Passionflower. 

Margarita grande Ox-eyed daisy. 

Rosas varias Various roses. 

Elstephanotis Stephanotis. 

^*<^'etc Etc., etc. 

MINERALS.-PUERTO RICO 

Carbonada y sulfato de cobra Carbonate and sulphur of 
„ copper. 

Espatocalizo spar. 

S^'^'^it^^ Granites. 

Hornblenda Hornblende. 

Indicios de mercurio Indications of mercury 



VEGETABLES, MINERALS, ANIMALS. 



Malaquita Common malachite. 

Malaquita azul Mountain blue malachite. 

Pirita de hierro Iron pyrites. MINERALS 

Pizarra Slate. 

Plomo Lead. 

Salinas naturales Natural salts. 

Serpentina fibrosa Picrolite. 

Sucino, o amber amarillo — Amber (bright yellow). 
Yeso flbroso Fibrous gypsum. 

ANIMALS.— PUERTO RICO. 

Cavallos Horses. ANIMALS 

Cerdos Pigs, hogs, swine. 

Lacabra Goat. 

El Cimarron, o perro montes; Themountain,orwildd6g; 
la unica especie de animal the only species of wild 
fiera. animal in the island. 

Ganado vacuno Black cattle (horned). 

Ganado vacuno sin cu^rnos. . Black cattle (hornless). 

Mulas Mules. 

Perros Common dogs. 

Ratones numerosos Numerous rats. 

Teneros Calves. 

BIRDS.— PUERTO RICO. 

El alcflravan The bittern. 

El alcedon The kingfisher. BIRDS 

Flamencos Flamingoes. 

La galareta The widgeon, 

La gallareta negra que imita The black widgeon, which 
la voz humana. imitates the human voice. 

La gallina de Guinea The Guinea fowl. 

Garzos Herons. 

Patos Ducks. 

Pelicanos Pelicans. 

Periquitos Parroquets. 

Ruisenores Nightingales. 

Tortolas Turtle-doves. 

INSECTS.— PUERTO RICO. 
Abejas comunes ypequenos. Small common bee. 
Abejas que producen cera Bees which produce black INSECTS 
negra, y miel amarillo. wax, and amber colored 

honey. 

Aradores Harvest bugs. 

Comogenes Destructive moths. 

Cucuyos Large fire-fleas. 

Grilles luminosos Luminous crickets. 

Hormigas, blancas y rojas. . . Ants, white and red. 



100 



PUERTO RICO. 



INSECTS 



FISH 



STEAMERS 



Lucernas Glow-worms. 

Mariposas numerosas Numerous butterflies. 

Mosquitos Mosquitos. 

Murcielagos vespertillos Common night bat. 

Murcielagos sangradores Blood sucking bat. 

La Nigua (peligrosa) Chigoe (dangerous). 

FISH.— PUERTO RICO. 

Anchoas Anchovies. 

Pargo Pargo (native name). 

Pez sierra Saw fish. 

Manaties Manatees. 

Murice (escaso) Tyrian purple fish (rare). 

Robalos A kind of bream. 

Sabalos Shad. 

Sardinas Sardines. 

Tiburones numerosos Numerous sharks. 

Tortugas Tortoises, 

And many others with solely native names. 



TRANSPORTATION NOTES. 

The Red " D " Line of steamers leave Brooklyn, Rob- 
ert's Stores, fortnightly, for San Juan and Ponce. Fare, 
first class, $60; second class, $35. 

Plant Line of steamers leave Port Tampa for Puerto 
Rico (San Juan). 

Quebec Steamship Co.'s vessels leave pier 47, North 
River, New York, at intervals, for Puerto Rico via Ber- 
muda. Fare, first class, $30, and upwards. 

One of the main features, important to travelers, is 
the advantageous connections they are able to make 
from Puerto Rico to St. Thomas, both from San Juan 
and Ponce. St. Thomas is one of the leading seaports of 
the West Indies, separated, on the east of Puerto Rico, 

Steamers leave St. Thomas regularly for Hamburg, 
Genoa, Havre, Bordeaux, Barbados, La Guaira, and 
Liverpool. 

There are direct steamer lines running from San Juan 
to Geestemiinde, Barcelona, and Jamaica, connecting 
with Santiago de Cuba. 

From Ponce two direct mail lines leave for Colon and 
Barranquilla. 

In addition to the above, the following steamer con- 
nections are made from the island of Puerto Rico: 
San Juan to Puerto Plata (north of Haiti), Havana, 
Santander, Vera Cruz, Cadiz, St. Thomas, Ponce, Arecibo, 
Aguadilla; Ponce to La Guaira, St. Thomas, St. Barbara 
de Samana (Haiti), St. Domingo; Aguadilla to Mayaguez, 
Arecibo, St. Thomas; Mayaguez to La Guaira. 



COMMERCE. 



101 








,_< 


CO 


-fH 


O 00 




. 




cc ^« 


O 


»c 












1 


Is'i 


5 


|S 


i 












o c 


CJ 








. CCXO 


1 


ii 


^ 


1 


1 ^ 1 


i 


gS 


1 




Q 04 


di 


cf 


N 




ill 


^ 

E 


eoi-i 


1 


f? 






OM 




2 


ES J>« 


S 




00, 




c^ 


" 








»0 05 


-* 


CON 


i 




5! St2 


s 


Sa 


i 


^^^«^' 


^ 


g^' 


s 


1-1 


o ■^ 


T-l 


t^. 


»^. 




(^ eo 


eo 


N 


<M 




if ii 


M 


382 


fe 






c-5 


o 


1 


1 ^2' 


O 


g'i- 


o 


O ^. 


c 


U5 


^. 




C) »= 


■<# 


« 


c< 




I^O 


J, 


1-1 c? 


J^ 




!2 §?S 


g 


^M 


g 


N 


8 o^ 


X 


(»!> 


CD~ 


s 


'o '^.- 


s 


Ot1< 


S 




q 0. 


CO 


of 


0* 




mm 


o 


T)*0 


^ 




JO* JO IS 




co§ 










r? 


8 gV 


^ 


Ci'o? 


io" 






o 


r-iT»< 


s 


tH 


1 °°-" 


■^ 








^^ 


CO 


(^T 


0?' 


;5 
















o 
































g 
































OJ 
















o 
















CO 
















H 
















Q 
























6 










fl 












'tl 


.2 
3 -J: 


J 


5 Ii 


' 3 




ft"^*^ 


\ 


a«^ 


< 




g 




H 






M 






w 






1 



i 


Dollars. 

5,423,760 

7,328,880 


! 


Dollars. 

5.824,694 

8,572,549 


i 


Dollars. 
4.164,964 
5,535,027 


! 


Dollars. 
4,108,654 
4,653,023 


! 


Dollars. 
4,428,891 
3,929,186 


1 


Dollars. 

3,260,650 
3,305,243 


S5 
O 


c 
c 

i 

a 

t 

t- 


c 
1 

c 
3f= 





102 



PUERTO RICO. 












a; (iJ -^ 

O <D t. c3 ^H 









COWi^OiO 












a 

M 


1 


3,610, 
1,144, 
1,376, 
1,181, 
580, 




















a 


?^ 


aoia-r^a^o^ 




00^..^^ 



!3 o s: 0) ce 



OOC5 



in xn xn 
C a fl 
O O O 



5^1 



IN 5D_-r-l T-J^ 

1C(N 



et fl 13 c6 
o o o a> 



OQOWO 



COMMERCE. 



103 



COMMERCE OF THE UNITED STATES WITH PUERTO RICO. 



Year. 



Total, 1851-1860. 
Total, 1861-1870. 



1871. 
1872. 
1873. 
1874. 
1875. 
1876. 
1877. 
187S. 
1879. 



Total, 1871-1880. 



881. 



887. 



890. 



Total, 1881-1890. 



1892. 



1895. 
1896. 
1897. 



Total, 1891-1897. 



Exports. 



Dollan 



21,274,225 



,400, 
.643, 
,995, 
1,132 
i,377 



22,217,942 



Imports. 



Free. 



Dollars. 
313,869 



1,712,732 
1,838,214 
2,116,499 
2,188,609 
1,533,177 
1,676,929 
1,707,241 
1,920,358 
2,175,458 
2,247,700 



19,116,917 



2,112,334 
2,808,681 
2,502,788 
2,705,646 
1,820,203 
2,080,400 
1,964,850 



45,772 




539,793 



3,019,016 



Dutiable. 



40,224,558 




516,302 

284,042 

34,605 

67,488 

656,992 

431,757 

74,367 

293,450 

103,720 

176,394 



2,639,117 



1,856,955 
3,236,337 
3,994,673 
3,126,895 

375,364 
48,608 

101,711 



15,994,852 



12,740,543 



2,747,830 



3,343,897 
5,432,832 
5,442,888 
6,822,968 
5,447,271 
4,162,787 
4,587,323 
4,119,033 
3,603,653 
3,877,232 



46,839,884 



1,307,155 

11,670 

13,950 

8,739 

1,131,148 

2,248,045 

2,079,313 



6,800,020 



104 



PUERTO RICO. 



WEIGHTS 

AND 

MEASURES 



CURRENCY 



AUTHORI- 
TIES CON- 
SULTED 



WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

For general purposes, the weights and measures of 
Puerto Rico correspond with those of Cuba (q. v.) Laud 
measurement is calculated by the cuerda, containing 39 
ares=30 square miles. 

CURRENCY. 

" The Spanish government, in 1895," says Frederick A 
Ober, " took up all the Mexican and Spanish coins in cir- 
culation and substituted special silver coins struck in 
the mint of Spain for this purpose. They bear on one 
side the Spanish coat-of-arms and the words ' Isla de 
Puerto Rico,' and on the other the face of the boy king, 
and an elaborate inscription in Spanish. 

" The largest of these is the Peso, of one hundred cent- 
avos, corresponding in appearance with our silver* dol- 
lars, weighing 385.5 grains, and generally spoken of as a 
'dollar.' 

"There are also smaller silver coins of five, ten, twenty 
and forty centavos, the twenty centavo piece being 
known as the ' Peseta,' also copper coins of one and two 
centavos. . . . They represent little more than their 
bullion value, the banks and merchants gladly exchang- 
mg $1.75 in this coin for one dollar in our silver or paper 
and exchanges being sometimes made at two for one 
and even higher." 



AUTHORITIES. 

Viv. de Saint Martin, " La Nouvelle Geographic Uni- 
verselle." 1893. Translated from the French. 

" Enciclopedico Hispano Americano," Madrid, 1893. 
Translated from the Spanish. 

La Rousse, "Dictionaire." Translated from the 
French. 

Meyer's "Conversations Lexicon." 1894,1898. Trans- 
lated from the German. 

Brockhaus' "Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1897. 
Translated from the German. 

Hiibner's " Geographisch Statistische Tabellen." 1895. 
Translated from the German. 

Colonel Flinter's ' ' Travels. ' ' 1837. 

"Encyclopaedia Brittanica." Ninth edition. 

Consular Reports. 1898. 

Monthly Summary and Special Reports, Commerce 
and Finance, Bureau of Statistics, U. S. 1898. 

" Standard Dictionary." Last edition. 

" Puerto Rico and its Resources." Frederick A. Ober 



Statesman's Year Book. 



KIANG-Nigg/t?o 
Tai-hVjKanchoO ^ 
^SE.Nan-Dgan/ .^ . 




:Co,.£n»r'...A-. ^, 



SECTION I 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



HISTORICAL. 



MAGELLAN 
KILLED 



The Archipelago of Saint Lazarus, the name origin- DISCOVERY 
ally given to the Philippine Islands, was discovered on ^^ 

March 7, 1521, by Hernando de Magellanes (Magellan), a MAGELLAN 
Portuguese in the service of Spain. 

He first landed on the island of Mindanao, and took 
possession in the name of Charles V., king of Spain. 
There the first mass was celebrated. 

The natives of Mactan, a small island in front of Cebfi, 
however, resisted the Spaniards, and their chief 
challenged Magellanes to land. The challenge was 
accepted, and Magellanes with fifty Spaniards landed on 
the island. 

They were attacked by Indians, who numbered about 
two thousand. After a furious encounter, Magellanes, 
on August 26, 1521, was wounded by an arrow, and died 
on the field with six of his companions. 

Charles V., elated by the success of the first expedi- 
tion, despatched a second from Coruna in June, 1524. 
This was commanded by a friar who was also military 
knight of the order of St. John, Don Garcia de Loaisa. 
The captain of one of his ships was the celebrated 
Sebastian del Cano, another was Andreas de Urdaneta, 
who later took the habit of the Augustine Order and 
acted as a guide to the expedition which Legaspi con- 
ducted to the Philippines. 

This expedition encountered many vicissitudes. On 
the entrance of the armada into southern seas, a violent 
hurricane dispersed the ships. To add to their discom- 
fort, their commander died; and according to instruc- 
tions from Charles V., Sebastian de Cano succeeded 
him. He only survived his predecessor a short time, 
and Don Alonso de Salazar was elected to the command. 

On the 8th of October the expedition arrived at the FROM SPAIN 
Archipelago, which was now called Philippine in honor 
of the son of Charles V. During the voyage Captain 
Salazar died, and subsequently, driven by violent winds, 
the expedition found itself in Tidor, an island of the 
Moluccas, on the 31st of December, 1526. There the 
Spaniards had to maintain a protracted warfare against 



SECOND 
EXPEDITION 



106 



THE PHILLIPINES. 



THIRD 

SPANISH 

EXPEDITION 



FOURTH 

SPANISH 

EXPEDITION 



FIFTH 

SPANISH 

EXPEDITION 



the Portuguese and the chief of Tidor, meeting with only 
partial success. 

Nothwithstanding these adversities the king of Spain 
sent out a third expedition. This was placed under the 
orders of Hernan Cortez. It sailed from an American 
port on the 13th of October, 1527, Captain A. de Saavedra 
commanding. 

Soon two of the ships were lost, but Saavedra touched 
at the Marianas (already discovered by Magellanes), and 
from that time the expedition had to maintain a series 
of running fights with Portuguese and various natives. 
Many disasters occured on sea and land, with some 
disease and many deaths. 

Out of the one hundred and ten men who departed on 
this expedition only ten lived to arrive at Lisbon; the 
famous Urdaiiete was one of these. 

In spite of so many losses, sacrifice of life, and general 
disaster, a fourth expedition was despatched on the 1st 
of November, 1543. This was under the command of 
Don Lopez de Villalobos, a man of letters and a doctor 
of laws, who received strict orders that under no pre- 
tence whatever was he to go near the Moluccas. 

After a tolerably safe voyage he neared the Philip- 
pines; a tempest dispersed his ships, and two of the 
smaller ones foundered. However, he arrived at the 
island of Leyte with the intention of establishing him- 
self there; but the scarcity of provisions, and other 
misfortunes, caused him to fall into the power of the 
Portuguese. 

So bitterly did Villalobos take this to heart, that he 
sickened and died at Amboina, his last moments being 
comforted by the ministrations of Saint Francis Xavier. 
The death of this general was the end of the fourth 
expedition. His remains were taken to Spain in 1549. 

Philip II., now reigning, a fifth expedition was organ- 
ized. Its results were fortunate, and the authority of 
the Spanish crown was confirmed throughout the 
Archipelago by General Legaspi and his coadjutor, 
the Augustine Urdaiiete, who had acted as pilot on the 
previous voyages. 

A Mexican flotilla made its first conquest in 1565, 
taking possession of the island of Cebu. In 1569 Legaspe 
took possession of all the islands in the Archipelago in 
the name of the crown of Spain, and founded the city of 
Cebu under the name of Ciudad del Santo Nombre de 
Dios (The City of God's Holy Name). At this time a 
small fortified Malay town stood on the present site of 
Manila. This was captured and destroyed by 80 Span- 
iards, under Juan de Salcedo, the nephew of Legaspe, 



HISTORICAL. 



107 



who founded the city of Manila, of which he topk 
possession on the 19th of May, 1571. Legaspi died on 
the 20th of August, 1572, and was succeeded in the govern- 
ment by Don Guido de Labazares. 

The Spaniards had now to fight successively against 
Dutch, English, and Chinese adventurers. At this time, 
the possession of the islands was disputed by a Chinese 
pirate named Li-ma-hong, who had been outlawed by 
the Celestial emperor for many depredations committed 
.on the coasts of his own country. 

In 1574, Li-ma-hong captured a Chinese junk from 
Manila, and learning the situation of the Spaniards 
there, he resolved to attack them. One or two desperate 
engagements ensued, but in the end the pirate fleet was 
compelled to withdraw, their Japanese heutenant, Sioco, 
being slain in the final battle. 

This was the greatest trial the Spaniards had experi- 
enced in their new conquests, as the event gave rise to 
several outbreaks among their own Indians. Li-ma- 
hong, however, after four months of desultory warfare, 
was finally subdued. 

During the 17th century the most important events 
which took place were the successful combats, in 1602, 
of the governor, Don Pedro Bravo de Acuna, against the 
Moorish pirates of Mindanao, and the repression of a 
Chinese rebelUon, in which 23,000 Celestials were exter- 
minated. This governor also conquered the Moluccas. 

In 1609 the Dutch attacked Manila, and attempted to 
blockade the port. Governor De Silva and his forces 
made so valiant a defense that the aggressors were put 
to flight. Subsequently, De Silva assaulted his Dutch 
enemies in their own possessions in Malacca. In one of 
these expeditions he died, 19th of April, 1616. 

At the end of this year the Dutch bombarded Iloilo, 
but they were repulsed with loss. In 1618, another at- 
tempt was made by the Dutch; this was defeated with 
the same result. In 1626, the governor, Don Fernando 
de Silva, despatched an expedition to Formosa, took pos- 
session of that island and fortified another port. His 
letter to the king of Spain, announcing this capture, is 
still extant. 

In 1643, the island of Formosa surrendered to the 
Dutch, who, in their turn, were dislodged by the Chinese 
pirate, Cong-Sing, who established an empire in For- 
mosa, which ended with his life. 

On the 4th of January, 1641, a terrible volcanic erup- 
tion took place; three volcanoes exploded in the north 
of the island of Luzon, and the greater part of the archi- 
pelago was covered by a dense cloud of lava ashes. 



FIGHTS 

WITH 

PIRATES 



DEFEAT 
OF DUTCH 



108 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



UNIVERSITY 
FOUNDED 



MOORISH 
RAVAGES 



PROSPERITY 
UNDER ANDA 



SUPPRES- 
SION OF 
MOORS 



In 1645, the University of Manila was founded. In 1663, 
the Jesuit, Father Sanvitores, effected some important 
reforms in the Marianas, which islands had been entirely 
neglected since their conquest by Legaspi. 

The years 1721 and 1729 were times of great trouble, 
owing to the constant incursions of pirates from the 
island lolo. Sanguinary engagements took place, and 
with varying success on either side. 

Between 1729 and 1763 the affairs of the Spanish colony 
were in a flourishing condition; commerce was carried 
on with the Moluccas, Borneo, some parts of Hindostan, 
Malacca, Siam, etc.— in fact, with all parts compre- 
hended between the Isthmus of Suez and Bering 
Strait. 

In 1740, an English war-ship, the Centxirion, seized the 
Spanish war-ship Covadonga in the Straits of San Ber- 
nardino. 

In 1754, the greatest irruption of the Moors took place 
that had hitherto been known. These barbarians rav- 
aged the whole of the islands, and committed atrocious 
vandalisms. 

At the end of 1762 an EngUsh squadron, under the 
command of Admiral Cornish, took possession of Man- 
ila; but the heroism of the governor, Simon de Anda y 
Salazar, compelled the enemy to remain almost block- 
aded in the capital until a peace, signed in 1763, obliged 
the invaders to evacuate the island March 17, 1764. 

Governor Anda pacified the islands, restored the 
public treasury, established a tribunal of commerce, 
and contributed greatly to the welfare of the archipel- 
ago. His inherent hatred of the Chinese, however, led 
him to the execution of harsh and even cruel measures 
toward them. 

In 1787, Don Jose de Basco y Vargas was appointed 
governor. He patronized extensively the mechanical 
arts and agriculture, offering rewards to those who 
could improve any instrument for cultivating the land, 
and encouraging various other industries. He founded 
the Royal Economic Society, assisted the creation of the 
Philippine Company, established the cultivation of to- 
bacco in Luzon, regulated taxation, and totally cleared 
the islands of woodland thieves by his famous ordinance 
promulgated throughout the archipelago. 

An earthquake, causing great devastation, occurred 
in 1796. Severe shocks were subsequently experienced 
in 1824, 1852, 1860, and 1864. 

The most important events of the present century 
include the total suppression of the Moors of the south 
in 1813, and the foundation of the province Abra, which 



HISTORICAL. 109 



gave a great impetus to mission work among the Tagals 
and other natives. 

In 1829, Chinese immigration to the Philippines was per- 
mitted, under certain restrictions. In 1830, Don Pascual 
Erite, the governor, caused new roads to be made, organ- 
ized a reliable mail service, regulated the price of to- 
bacco, and directed a geographical chart of the archi- 
pelago to be drawn. 

The period between 1835 and 1848 witnessed a series of 
conflicts with pirates, revolts, volcanic eruptions, and, on 
numerous occasions, great ravages from dangerous epi- 
demics. On January 19, 1848, a decisive victory was 
gained over the pirates occupying the island of Balan- 
guingui. In February, 1851, General Urbeztondo con- 
ducted a successful expedition against the center of 
piracy, the Island of lolo. The terrible sea-robbers of 
this locality were almost exterminated. 

From 1853 to 1862, soldiers from the Philippines, in 
unison with the French, invaded Cochin China. The en- 
tire foreign commerce was restricted to Manila, by law, 
up to 1858. Since that date the ports of Iloilo, Sual, Zam- 
boanga, and Zebii have been opened. In 1872, a trouble- 
some insurrection broke out in Cavite, but it was speedily 
quelled. 

In 1876, after the full acquisition of the Zoloanese 
Archipelago, delay on the part of the Spanish govern- 
ment in registering their rights, resulted in a cession to 
England of that part of the island of .Borneo which was 
a dependency of the Sultan of lolo. 

In 1887, several of the Moorish inhabitants of Mindanao 
revolted; their objection being to the establishment of 
military posts in their villages. From 1887 to 1897, inter- 
nal and external warfare seems to have been the normal 
condition of the Philippine islands. 

At the beginning of hostilities between Spain and the 
United States, arising out of the Cuban struggle for 
freedom from Spanish rule, the Asiatic squadron of the 
United States, under Commodore Dewey, proceeded 
from Hongkong, a neutral port, to Manila. The squad- 
ron reached Manila Bay on the morning of May 1, 1898, 
and engaged the forts and Spanish squadron under Ad- 
miral Montojo. As a result, the Spanish fleet was en- 
tirely destroyed after a battle which lasted from sunrise 
until noon, over 400 Spanish officers and men being killed 
or wounded. There was no loss of life on the United 
States vessels, and only 7 were wounded. 

By the terms of the Treaty of Peace, signed at Paris on 
December 10, 1898, the Philippines were ceded to the 
United States, $30,000,000 being allowed as compensation. 



110 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



LOCALITY 



luz6n land 
character- 
ISTICS 



AREAS 



CATECHISM. 

QEOOBAPHICAIi. 

[For sxipiJlementary geographical data, see text following this 
Catechism.'] 

Where are the Philippine Islands located ? 

Between 5° 32' and 19° 38' north latitude and between 
117° and 126° east longitude. They form the most 
westerly group of islands in the Malay archipelago, 
covering about 1,000 miles north and south, and 600 
miles east and west. 

How many islands does the Philippine group 

contain ? 

Variously estimated from 1,200 to 2,000. Many of 
them are very small. 

What is the nature of the coasts, and are they 

safe for shipping ? 

The coast line of all the islands is very irregular and 
broken, the ocean cutting in and forming many 
gulfs, bays, isthmusses, and peninsulas. There are 
many dangerous coral reefs and turbulent currents 
at different seasons, preventing the close approach 
of vessels, except at great risk. 

What are the surface characteristics of the 

Philippines ? 

They are essentially mountainous. 

What is the nature of the land of Luzdn 

island? 

The far north is partly an alluvial plain; a granite 
chain forms the germ of the island north of Manila; 
the southeast peninsula, Camarimes, and the south 
of Luzon are of volcanic origin. 

Is the natural drainage of Luzdn abundant ? 
Yes. 

How has the archipelago been divided 

hitherto ? 

The last division proclaimed 43 provinces, contained 
in four groups; Luzon, on the north (23 provinces), 
capital, Manila; Mindanao, on the south (6 provin- 
ces), capital, Zamboanga; Valaovan, the third in ex- 
tent, west central; the fourth, the Pindy islands (14 
provinces). 

What is the aggregate area of the principal 

islands ?* 

114,356 square miles (estimated). 

* Luz6n, Mindanao, Saraar, Ncgros, Palawan, Mlndoro, 
Leyte, Zebu, Bohal, Basllan, Panai, and Masbate, also the Sulu 
Islands. 



CATECHISM. 



Ill 



With what State does the area of the Philip- 
pines correspond ? 
Arizona. 

What is the area of Luzon, with its small 
islands ? 

41,000 square miles (estimated). 

With what State does the area of Luzon 
agree ? 

Virginia. 
What is the area of Mindanao ? 

37,500 square miles. 

What is the area of the five next largest is- 
lands ? 

Over 10,000 square miles each, or ^ual in the aggre- 
gate to New York State. 

What is the distance of the Philippine islands 
from Spain ? 

9,465 nautical miles.* 

€IiIOTA.TE. 
Of what nature is the climate ? 

It is hot and humid. 
Are extremes of heat or cold known ? 

No; the highest temperature is 100°; lowest, 60°. 
What is the average temperature at Manila ? 

80° to 83° in the warmest season (March to June); in 
the coolest season (December and January); 79°. 

Which portion of the year is known as the 
rainy period ? 

From June to November. 

During which of the months is the rainfall 
greatest ? 

August and September, 
What is the average rainfall at Manila ? 

75 to 120 inches per annum. 
What is the relative per cent, of humidity ? 

About 78. 

Which is the pleasantest season in the region 
of Manila ? 

From November to February. During that period 
the sky is bright, the atmosphere cool and dry, and 
the weather in every way delightful. 



CLIMATE 



SEASONS 



The nautical mile Is 1.151 statute miles. 



112 THE PHILIPPINES. 



How does the rainy season affect the land on 
Luzdn ? 

Lakes form periodically. They subsequently flood 
the land with mire which produces rich soil. 
Where are typhoons experienced, and when 
do they occur ? 

The northern islands suffer much from them. Those 
in the south are affected to a less degree. They oc- 
cur in all months of the year. The most violent 
prevail during the autumnal equinox. 
EPIDEMICS Is there much sickness among the native in- 
habitants ? 

Small-pox and other epidemic diseases have fre- 
quently done great harm. 
Are fever and cholera prevalent ? 

Yes; they have frequently depopulated entire towns 
and villages. 

MOUNTAINS, RIV£:RS, AND HARBORS. 

What mountain ranges are there ? 

Luz6n contains the largest cordilleras; others, of a 
secondary type, exist in Mindanao. The islands are 
crossed by a mountain chain of considerable size. In 
the north of Luzon the mountains are connected; in 
the south and southwest they part in fan-like form. 

Which are the highest peaks ? 

Apo, in Mindanao, over 9,000 feet ; Halson, in Min- 
doro, over 8,900 feet; and May on, in Luzon, over 
8,200 feet. The latter is an active volcano, which has 
been the scene of several eruptions during the 
present century. 

Are extinct and active craters numerous ? 
Yes; and the islands are subject to frequent and 
violent earthquakes. Manila is surrounded by three 
volcanoes, and has suffered repeatedly. It is always 
in danger. 

Are there any rivers of importance in the 

Philippines ? 

Yes; as a result of the even formation of the moun- 
tain chains, rivers of considerable size have formed. 
The larger islands contain inland seas, fed by 
countless streams from the inland hills. Many of 
them open out into broad estuaries, and frequently 
coasting vessels of light draft sail to the very foot 
of the mountains. 

Are there many rivers and streams in Luzdn ? 
Yes; the island abounds with them. 



MOUNTAINS 



RIVERS 



CATECHISM. 



113 



Which are the principal rivers of Luzon ? 

The Cagayan, 200 miles in length; the Aqua Grande, 

112 miles; the Abra, 87 miles; the Rio Chico, or Pam- 

panga, 38 miles, and the Pasig, 19 miles. — 

Which is the most important of these rivers ? 

The Pasig, having its source in the Lagoa de Bay, and 

falling into Manila Bay. 
What other rivers of note are there in the 
archipelago ? 

The Agusan, in Mindanao, 236 miles in length; the 

Polangui, also in Mindanao, 87 miles, and the Panay, 

in Panay, 38 miles. 
Which is the most notable lake on Luzon ? lakes 

The Lagoa de Bay, southeast of Manila, with the 

island of Dalaga. 
Which is the strangest natural phenomena on 
the Island of Luzon ? 

The Laguna Encantada (enchanted lake), a crater 

lake in the neighborhood of Manila. 
Which are the most notable bays and bights 
of the island of Luzon ? 

The Gulf of Lingayes, the Bay of Manila, on the west 

coast, the Bay of Raygay in the south, and those of 

Albay and Sorrogon in the southeast. 

Are there many good harbors in the Philippines? harbors 

Yes; but they have, hitherto, been closed to foreign 
commerce, and used chiefly by coastwise navigators. 

To which harbors has trade been practically 

restricted, thus far ? 

Manila, Iloilo, Cebu, and Sual. Zamboanga, in Min- 
danao, is also an open port. 

Is the Bay of Manila capacious and otherwise 

valuable ? 

It is about 120 miles in circumference, with very few 
dangerstonavigation,andisthereforeconsideredone MANrLA BAY 
of the finest bays in the world for the use of mariners. 

Where is the safest anchorage during stormy 
weather ? 

Off Cavite, about 8 miles to the southwest. 
Where is Iloilo harbor, and how does it rank ? 

It is on the island of Panay, near its southeastern 
extremity, and about 250 miles in a direct line from 
Manila. In points of importance as a harbor, it is 
second. Well-protected and naturally good anchor- 
age for large vessels is found outside the mouth of 
the Iloilo river. 



114 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



ROADS 



RAILROADS 

AND 

TELEGRAPH 

LINES 



What is the condition of the streets of Manila 
and other cities ? 

They ai'e unpaved, and in the rainy season unfit for 

trafific of any kind. 

In what condition are the roads at and near 
Manila and other points ? 

Tlie roadbeds are generally fair, and easy to travel 
during the dry season, and average about 25 feet in 
width. Some are ditched and graded, but very little 
paving has been done. In the wet season transporta- 
tion is almost impossible. 

Are there any railroads in use ? 

The only railroad communication is between Manila 
and Dagupan, a distance of 123 miles. 

Is there ample telegraph service ? 

In the island of Luzon there are about 1,000 miles of 
telegraphic vrire. The principal line is divided into 
three sections, starting from the capital, and are 
denominated northwest, northeast, and south. These 
lines are again subdivided into parts; a certain num- 
ber of stations are dependent upon them, and these 
again are the headquarters of the mail service and 
letter-carriers. 



POPULATION 



NATIVE 
TRIBES 



POPULATION. 

What was the population of the Philippines 
in 1895? 

7,148,250. 

What is the number of Spaniards and other 
European residents ? 

15,000 to 20,000 (estimated). 
How many Creoles and half-breeds are in- 
cluded in the population ? 

Creoles, 5,000; half-breeds, 25,000 (estimated). 
What is the total population of Chinese immi- 
grants ? 

65,000 (estimated). 
What was the population of the Philippines 
by groups in 1897? 

Luzon and neighboring islands, 3,442,941; Mindoro- 

Masbate group, 125,558; Visayas Islands, 2,181,137; 

Mindanao, 209,086; Calaminaes and Palawan, 22,386; 

Sulu Islands with Basilan, 4,015. 
Does the above include unconquered tribes in 
the several groups ? 

No; it is estimated that there are 1,000,000 persons 

to be added for this class. 



CATECHISM. 



115 



How is the native population divided ? 

It consists of fifty-one different tribes, descendants of 
emigrated Malays. These are divided into the civilized 
coast inhabitants and the savage mountain tribes. 

Which are the most influential and powerful 

of the native tribes ? 

The Visays, inhabiting the southern islands, Iloco, 
Igorrotes, Pangasina, and the Cagaya. 

Who are the people called Indios by the 

Spaniards ? 

The Tagals, who are most numerous on Luzon and 
its neighboring islands. 

What tribes are found in Luzdn, Negros, Min- 

doro, and Panay ? 

The Negrito, Cebii, and Jabla tribes, the supposed 
descendants of the natives proper. 

What are the manners and customs of these 

tribes ? 

They lead a nomadic life, fishing and hunting being 
their occupation. The costume of the men consists 
of trousers of cotton or silk, a shirt, and a straw hat. 
The costume of the women consists of a jacket of 
cotton, and a skirt, held by a belt. They chew betel. 

Who were the original inhabitants of the 

Philippines ? 

The Negrito, Cebu, and Jabla. 

What has become of these original inhabit- 
ants ? 

Their descendants still live in the central mountain 
range, and on the northwest coast of Luzon; on the 
islands of Negros, Panay Mindoro, and Mindanao. 
They are rapidly dying out. 

What is their approximate number at 

present ? 

30,000 to 35,000. 

What is their source of livelihood ? 

They, too, are noinads, occupying themselves chiefly 

with fishing and hunting. 
Does the language of various tribes differ ? 

Only, as a rule, in idioms. 
What is the Visaye tribe most noted for ? 

Adroitness in making stuffs from the fibers of the 

pineapple. 

What is the Catalangano tribe noted for ? 

The construction of excellent boats from the timber 
of the islands. 



THE INDIOS 
OR TAGALS 



MANNERS 

AND 
CUSTOMS 



LANGUAGES 



116 THE PHILIPPINES. 



What is the chief characteristic of the Jagale 
NATIVE tribe ? 
INDUSTRIES Deftness in carving, which they execute with mar- 

velous skill. 

Is there any distinct division in the popula- 
tion of Luzon ? 

Yes; three. The people are grouped in the three 
concentric zones of the island. 

What are the ordinary industrial pursuits of 

the islanders ? 

Plaiting of mats, weaving, and embroideries. 

In whose hands is the commerce ? 

In the hands of British, Americans, Germans, Swiss, 
and French. 

By whom is the coast trade largely carried on ? 
Jagales and Chinese. 

Who controls the largest tracts of land on 

Luzon ? 

Religious orders. 
CHINESE Are the Chinese influential in foreign com- 
INFLUENCE mercc ? 

Yes; much of the export and import business must 
be negotiated through them. 

What is the character of the Philippine 

Malays ? 

They are superior to many Asiatic peoples, being 
orderly, amiable, courteous, and honest. They are 
exceedingly superstitious, and are easily influenced 
upon profession of Christianity. Their efforts in 
any direction are intermittent rather than steady; 
their wants are readily provided for, and they take 
life easily. 
SPORTS AND Have the natives any recognized pastimes? 
PASTIMES They are fond of music, dancing, and all amuse- 

ments. The passion for gambling is strongly de- 
veloped; cockfighting is the national sport. 

Is there liberal public instruction for children ? 

Education, especially in the primary grade, is well 

advanced. In 1889 there were 870 schools for boys 

and 794 schools for girls. The teachers are furnished 

EDUCATION from the normal school of Manila. 

The higher education has been given in the college 
San Juan de Lateran, founded in 1820; also, in the 
Municipal Athenasum, under the direction of the 
Jesuits, and in the University of San Tomas de 
Manila, founded on the 15th of August, 1619. 
There are also many private schools. One for the 



CATECHISM. 



117 



education of Indian orphans; that of Santa Rosa, 
founded in 1750, for the education of poor girls, and 
the municipal school, conducted by the sisters of 
charity. 

How many newspapers are issued in the 
Philippines ? 

Arrangements are now in progress for the issue of 
several uncensored newspapers. One only was pub- 
lished in the archipelago under the recent adminis- 
tration. It was controlled by the government. 

Has Christianity gained a strong foothold in 
the Philippines ? 

It has spread among the coast inhabitants, who 
were adherents of Islam until the arrival of the 
Spaniards. The inhabitants of the central islands, 
South Mindanao, and the interior of Luzon, are ae 
yet unconverted. 

To whom is the conversion of the natives due ? 

To the Augustine, Franciscan, Dominican, and 
Jesuit orders. 

Are there many followers of Mohammed on 
the islands now ? 

They are numerous on the westerly side of Mindanao 

and on the Sulu islands. 



NEWS- 
PAPERS 



RELIGIONS 



CITIES AND TOWNS. 

IFor supplementary data on cities and towns, see text following 
this Catechism,^ 

Where is Manila ? 

On the west side of the island of Luzon, at the mouth 
of the Rio Pasig and Manila Bay. 

How is the city divided geographically ? 

It lies on both shores of the river, and is connected 
by means of a stone bridge, 420 feet long, of 10 
arches, and an iron suspension bridge. 

How is the city divided for military and other 
purposes ? 

On the south or left shore of the Pasig is the Ciudad 
proper, or fort. On the right or north shore are the 
eight suburbs, of which Bidondo, Santa Cruz, and 
Tondo are the most important. 

What is the general aspect of the Ciudad ? 

It is a fort of high, black wails, protected by a cita- 
del, aad surrounded by broad ditches. 



LOCATION OF 
MANILA 



THE CIUDAD 



118 THE PHILIPPINES. 



BUILDINGS What important buildings are in the Ciudad? 

The palace of the former captain-general, the palace 
of the archbishop, the majestic cathedral, dating 
back to the 16th century, the town hall. The Real 
A.udiencia, and the Alcade of the province of Tondo. 
Then there is the university, the school of commerce, 
the seamen's school, the citadel with the arsenal, 
two hospitals, a theater, and schools, churches and 
convents, wliich cover one-third of the entire area. 

What is the inner aspect of the Ciudad ? 

It has straight, well-paved streets, with massive but 
unimposing buildings, lacking life and ornament. 
An unusual quietness pervades the Ciudad. 

What is the aspect of Bidondo, Santa Cruz, 
and Tondo ? 

This is the seat of the Tagals, mixed breeds, 
Chinese, and all other foreigners. It is full of life, 
and here the commercial center is concentrated in 
the celebrated Chinese street, " La Escolta." 

LA ESCOLTA What is especially attractive in the La Es- 
colta ? 

The exchanges, the richest stores, and all magazines 
and factories, and offices of importance. 

Of what other importance is this portion of 
Manila ? 

The quays and docks are situated here, and trade in 
all its branches of large and small order is very active. 

Of what does the population of the Ciudad 
consist ? 

Of Spaniards only (10,000). 

What is the general bearing of these people ? 

They are reserved, quiet, and dignified. 

CHARACTER- What are the leading Chinese characteristics ? 
ISTICS OF They are anxious, active, restless, and industrious. 



CHINESE 



What particular historical interest is attrib- 
uted to Manila ? 

It is, next to Goa, the oldest European settlement in 
the East Indies. 

Of what nature is the suburban country near 
Manila? 

The scenery along the Pasig up to the Lagoa de Bay 
belongs to the most beautiful and charming in the 
world. 



CATECHISM. 



119 



VEGETABLE KlNGDOm:. 

IFor supplementary data, including lists of vegetables, fruits, 

floicers, trees, etc., with Spanish equivalents, see 

text following this Catechism.'] 

Is the vegetation entirely tropical throughout 
the archipelago ? 

In the archipelago of Sulu the vegetation is thor- 
oughly equatorial, but this characteristic disappears 
at Mindanao, altho it remains tropical, with marked 
variations, until the extreme north of Luzon is VEGETATION 
reached, where equatorial growths again appear in 
profusion. In some parts of the Philippines the veg- 
etation partakes of an Alpine character, and yet it 
alternates with tropical productions. A floral collec- 
tion of the greatest interest is thus presented. 

Does the soil favor vegetation ? 

Yes; but agriculture is almost wholly undeveloped. 
Vegetation is so abundant and rich that the highest 
mountains are covered with plants and trees which 
never seem to wither. The arboreal wealth of the 
islands is also immense, and the Abaca tree is one of 
the most important factors of commerce. 

What are the principal agricultural products 
of the islands? 

Rice, corn, sugar-cane, tobacco, coffee, Manila hemp, 

and indigo. 

What is the principal native food product ? 

The paley, or rice plant, which is almost the only 
food of natives and Indians. There are three classes 
of this cereal: 1, Rice of the mountains; 2, Rice of 
the plain ; and 3, Rice of the water. All grow luxu- 
riantly, and much dexterity is shown in its cultiva- 
tion and irrigation. 

Is rice cultivation a profitable industry ? 

Yes; there have been years in which a gain of 160 
percent, has been secured by cultivators. This cereal 
is grown throughout the archipelago. 

Is sugar extensively cultivated ? 

Yes; as an industry sugar-growing is second to that 
of rice. The Philippines produce five sorts of sugar- 
cane, and the sugar extracted is superior to that of 
China, Java, or Bengal. 

Which provinces produce sugar-cane in abund- 
ance ? 

Negros, Pampangas, Bulacan, Batangas, Laguna, 
Cebii, Cavite, and Mindanao. 



AGRICUL- 
TURAL 
PRODUCTS 



RICE AND 
SUGAR 



120 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



TOBACCO 



HEMP 



COTTON 



Which is the most valuable article of com- 
merce ? 

Tobacco returns the largest profits. Prior to 1882 
the cultivation of this plant was untaxed in the Vie- 
ques Islands alone; since then it has been free 
throughout the archipelago, and one of the weights 
which kept down the colony and prevented its 
growth has been removed. 

Whence is hemp derived ? 

Manila hemp is taken from the abaca, a species of 
banana tree, which only grows in a warm atmos- 
phere. Its fruit is inedible. Hemp has been exported 
from the islands since 1831; the annual sale in 1893 
amounted to $25,000,000. 

In what form is hemp exported ? 

As raw material. Occasionally America, England, 
Spain, and Singapore are able to import the matting 
and tissues of Manila flax, woven in villages in the 
interior. The tissues, mixed with the fibers of the 
pina, produce a fine, silky material, of which shirts 
and handkerchiefs are made. 

What was the product of Manila hemp in 1892 ? 
According to official statements, 95,016 tons: 

Is the growth of indigo general ? 

Indigo abounds everywhere in great profusion, and 
is of unrivalled quality. Pangasinan and La Laguna 
are notable indigo-producing districts. 

Is coffee largely cultivated ? 

Its growth is general. The plant abounds in Taya- 
bas, and Calamianes. The coffees of Silang are far- 
famed, and that of Mindanao is thought, by some, 
to be superior to the Mocha product. 

Is there an abundant growth of cereals ? 

Notwithstanding the great fertility of the land, the 
cultivation of maize and wheat has been greatly 
neglected. Much flour and grain is, at present, 
imported from California. 

Is there any good reason for this neglect ? 

Constant disputes regarding the possession of land, 
unequal and uncertain taxation, and obstacles to 
land transportation in some districts, have combined 
to repress enterprise. Many cereals grow wild on the 
mountains. They bear the generic name of Cogon. 

Does cotton flourish ? 

Cotton fields exist, but the product is scarce and 
inferior. The most productive provinces of cotton 
are those of Batangas, Ilocos, and Cavite. 



CATECHISM. 



121 



VALUABLE 
TIMBER 



Is cocoa a product of the Philippines ? cocoa 

Cocoa occupies a large area of cultivation. The best 
comes from Cebii, and is as much esteemed as the 
chocolate of Carracas. 

Are the forests extensive ? 

Yes; and they are prolific in growth of timber. 

Are commercial woods abundant ? 

No country in the world can furnish better or more 
varied specimens. The molave, on account of its 
impermeability, takes the first rank. It resists time 
and water for hundreds of years. The tacal is espe- 
cially serviceable for carpentry and molding. The 
narra, a kind of red mahogany, furnishes a wood 
from which large tables and doors can be hewn from 
one single plane. Black ebony is plentiful. 

Are there other trees' of value ? 

Many, altho naturalists have not, as yet, made any 
distinct classification of the products of the virgin 
forests. The valomaria furnishes an exquisite balm; 
excellent furnace charcoal is yielded by the barinco- 
corong; the rind of the amboynan bleaches tissues; 
excellent soap is made of the ashes of its bark; and 
the bacaoan is a dye-wood which grows in places 
where there is saltpeter; the splendid dye-wood o^ 
Campeche is another valuable product. 

What is the general character of the flora ? 

It resembles that of Malaysia in its tropical exuber- FLORA 
ance, and is strongly characterized by the wealth of 
palms, bananas, lauraceae, cloves, pepper, allspice, 
cinnamon, and nutmeg. The Areca-palm has its 
chief residence in the Philippines. 

Do fern-trees flourish ? 

Yes, at heights 1,000 feet or more above the level of 
the sea. They grow in the jungle, where the atmos- 
phere is very damp. 

How many kinds of pot plants are there ? 

Nearly 4,000, of which 500 are ferns. Nearly one- 
fourth of these are indigenous to the islands. 

How does the orchid rank in variety of form, 

etc. ? ORCHIDS 

Next to the fern. 

Have any of the Philippine plants a medicinal 
value ? 

Yes; many useful herbs are known to the natives. 



122 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



Where is the flora most luxuriantly repre- 
sented ? 

In the peninsula of Malacca, and the Sunda Islands. 
A small number are Australian. The "Genres" 
classes, indigenous to the Philippines, are rare, and 
are almost always represented by one type. Above 
7,000 feet of altitude the vegetation is identical with 
that of Borneo. 

What form of vegetation is peculiar to the 
PALMS borders of the sea ? 

Palm trees; mostly of the class Nipa and Pandanas. 

miNERAIi KINGDOM. 

IFor details concerning geological formation and minerals, 

including list of names with Spanish equivalents, see 

text following this Catechism.^ 

Where is gold found ? 

In the island of Luz6n, especially in the mountains 
of Manhulao, Paracale; the mountains of North 
Camarines, in the province of New Ecija; the moun- 
GOLD tains of Antimonan, in the province of Tayabas, and 

above all in the village of Gapan. In Mindanao, and 
in the villages of Iponan and Pigtao, grains of gold 
have been found, some of them two ounces in weight 
and very pure. 
What are the leading mineral products ? 

Coal and iron. 

Where is coal found ? 

" Hulla," or pit coal, which is plentiful, was first 
found in the island of Cebu; in the year 1842 it was 
discovered in Batan, and latterly in the lands of 
Camarines, in the district of Puranus, in Samar. 

COAL Some new pits have been opened in the jurisdiction 

of Compostela, also in the province of Albay, at the 
extreme south of the Luzon; these have been worked 
by a society of miners. Coal has also been found on 
the east coast of the island by Negros, and in the 
little island of Semerara, at the south of Mindoro. 
Is coal mining an important industry ? 

It was, early in this century, very important, but at 
present it is reduced to small mines in the province 
of Bulacan. Two companies are operating the coal 
mines in Cebu. 
Do the islands yield iron ? 

IRON It is present in large quantities in many of the 

. islands; that of Luzon excels all the rest in quantity 
and quality. It contains from 75 to 80 per cent, of 
pure iron; this equals the iron of Sweden. 



CATECHISM. 



123 



COPPER 



Where are the largest iron mines located ? 

In Bulacan, the mines of La Laguna and Pampanga- 
in the province of North Camarines, near Paracale,' 
magnetic iron abounds; this is almost pure. 
Is copper found in the Philippines ? 

There are valuable veins of copper ore in Mancayan, 
Suyuc, and other places in the district of Lepanto.' 
Copper has been for many years profitable to the 
natives of the province, who sell this and other rich 
metals and minerals to an exploring company, 
known as Cantabro-Filipina, established in 1862. 
Are there other copper veins of value ? 

Copper beds have been found in the province of 
Tayabas, and within the boundaries of Antimonan; 
also on the coasts of Lupan and Patag, in the bight 
of Guinobatan, near Mambulao; in the island of 
Masbate, and in the mountain of Caramisan, in the 
province of Antique. Copper pyrites exist in the 
island af Capul. 
Are sulphur and brimstone abundant ? 

Quantities of brimstone abound in the neighborhood BrnM^^'tii^L 
of nearly all volcanoes, especially in the central part ^'"""^^ONE 
of the island of Leyte. These, with antimony, exist 
also m the province of Zambales. 
Is mercury included among the minerals ? 
It is found occasionally in the provinces of Caraga 
Capiz, and Albay. 
Where is lead known to exist ? 
; In Cebu, within the boundaries of the province of 
Consolacion. 

indSdld^? "^^"^ stones, are marble and granite 

I The marbles of the island of Romblon are notable, 
^ also those of the island of Guimaras, and the moun- 
, rams of Bataan. There are deposits of granite and 
other stones for construction in the Sierra of Mari- 
veles. Jasper and immense quarries of basaltic tufa 
exist in Guadalupe, and on the left coast of the river 
Pasig. 

n^LuzdS'r'^^^^ ^""^ ^""""^ '" ^^""^^ quantities 

Iron, copper ore, sulphur, and coal. 

Vere any mines in existence when Spain 
ssumed possession ? *3P«tin 

: Yes; the copper mines near the Monte Data, and the 
gold mines, in the north of Luzon. They were in the 
hands of the Igorrotes, and were worked by them 



BUILDING 
STONES 



121 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



WEALTH OF 
IGORROTES 



MINERAL 
WATERS 



DOMESTIC 
ANIMALS 



To whom do these mines at present belong ? 

To Spanish and English stock companies. 
Have the Igorrotes retained possession of any 
of these mines ? 

Yes, they still profit from gold mines to the extent 
of $12,500 annually. 

How are the Igorrotes mostly employed at 

present ? 

They are in the paid service of the Spanish and Eng- 
lish mining companies. 

Are the long-neglected coal mines on Cebfi 

worked at present ? 

Yes; two companies are operating them. 

Where are the principal mineral springs ? 

Mineral waters, cold and thermal, abound. Among 
them are the ferruginous cold springs of Taucalao, 
in the province of Albay; the ferruginous thermal 
waters of Pagsangan, in the province of Laguna; as 
also those of Antipolo (sulphurous), a village sit- 
uate on the heights of the mountains around Lagoa 
de Bay. 

Are the springs much frequented ? 

A precious thermal spring in Pagsangan is much 
used. It is surrounded by enchanting scenery, and 
many cures have been attributed to its waters. The 
sulphurous thermal springs of Los Banos, in the 
province of Lugon, also enjoy a high reputation. In 
Batangas, the thermal springs of Gapas, of mixed 
bicarbonate and nitrogen, are becoming known. 
Many others have been lately tested by chemical 
analysis. 

ANimAIi KINGDOM. 

llbr details concerning animals, birds, insects, reptiles, etc., 

including lists of names with Spa7iish equivalents, see 

text folloicing this Catechism.'\ 

What domestic animals have been imported 

and successfully bred ? 

Horses and cattle. The climate has been found 
unfavorable for sheep and asses. The horses are ill- 
looking and diminutive, but strong and serviceable. 

What quadrupeds are well-known in the 

Philippines ? 

Deer are plentiful in the thickets on all islands. 
The flesh of these animals is wholesome and nutri- 
tious. There are many " caravaos," or buffalo, and 
wild horses. There are also wild bulls of Spanish 
breed. 



CATECHISM. 



125 



What other animals are plentiful among the 
islands ? 

Monkeys, mountain cats, and the "nasiga," a small 
quadruped making the rat its special prey. 
Is the breeding of domestic fowl general ? 

The raising of ducks is a wide-spread industry. 

Where are the largest duck-raising farms 
located ? 

On the shores of the Pasig river. 

Are land birds and water birds, or water 

fowl, plentiful ? 

There are 159 kinds of marine birds, of which 100 are 
indigenous, and 60 kinds of land birds, of which 6 
are indigenous. 

Are the Philippines infected with insects ? 

Mosquitoes swarm in all parts of the archipelago. 
White ants, found in all districts, are very destruc- 
tive. They eat through every wood, with the excep- 
tion of the molave. 

Are dangerous reptiles numerous on the 

islands ? 

The only dangerous reptiles are crocodiles and ser- 
pents. The serpent dajoun-paley, or " dekenpalay," 
—so called from its resemblance to a green leaf of 
the rice plant— is considered to be the most danger- 
ous of its class. Fortunately it is rare, for there is 
no remedy for its bite. The "boa," or "culebra 
casera," is also an inhabitant of the Philippines. 

What other reptiles are known here ? 

The islands are unusually well supplied with snakes, 
no less than 18 kinds of the 25 existing ones being 
represented. There are few lizards, only 5 kinds of 
the existing 26 being known. Turtles and untailed 
amphibes are very numerous. 

Is fishing abundant ? 

Yes; fish abound in the seas, lakes, and rivers. 

Where are the pearl and trepang fisheries 

located ? 

Near the Sulu Islands. 



DOMESTIC 
FOWL 



REPTILES 



COIflMERCJE ANB SEIIPPING. 



IFor further details concerning commerce of the Philippines, 
see text and tables following this Catechism,.'] 

What support was contributed by Spain dur- 
ing the fiscal year 1893-94 ? 

$4,500,000. 



RECEIPTS 

AND 
EXPENDI- 
TURES 



^ 



126 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



RECEIPTS 
AND EXPEN- 
DITURES 



RECENT 
CONDITIONS 



SHIPPING 



EXPORTS 



What were the receipts of the Philippines £01" 
the fiscal year 1894-95 ? 

$12,150,000. 

What percentage of receipts, 1893-94, "^as 
derived from taxation ? 

50 per cent.; contributed in the shape of direct and 

indirect taxes. 
What were the expenditures of the fiscal year 
1894-95? 

$12,130,000. 

Of this latter amount what were the expendi- 
tures of the War Department ? 

S5,S00,000. 

How did the Philippines suffer under the recent 

administration ? 

To a great extent progress was prevented by com- 
mercial restrictions. The peasantry were allowed 
to sell to the Spanish government only, and at set 
rates. Exports were also under government con- 
trol. Strangers were not permitted to purchase real 
estate. There were other restricting causes of a like 
character. Altho these conditions were somewhat 
relaxed of late years, and a more liberal tariff took 
effect in 1871, many causes for non-advancement in 
prosperity remained in existence until the recent 
evacuation of the islands. Reorganization in all de- 
partments of the government is now in progress. 

How many foreign vessels entered Philippine 

harbors during 1893 ? 

The total number entered at Manila, Iloilo, and 
Cebu was 359, with a tonnage of 392,373. 

Of what nationality were these vessels ? 

Mostly English. The next were Germans (39 entries). 

What was the tonnage of the German ves- 
sels ? 

37,938. 

What was the total value of exports in 1893 ? 

$30,500,000. 

Of what products did the exports of 1893 
chiefly consist ? 

Sugar, Manila hemp, tobacco leaf, cigars and cigar- 
ettes, coconuts, coffee, skins, dye-woods, essence of 
Hang Hang, also fibers and gold. 

To what destination is much Philippine sugar 
and hemp shipped ? 
England. 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 



127 



Where do the Philippines find their best mar- 
ket for tobacco ? 

In Spain. 

To what country is Philippine timber princi- 
pally exported ? 
China. 

What is the most important article of export ? 
Manila hemp. 

What was the value of leading exports in 

1893? 

Hemp, $12,500,000 ; sugar, $16,900,000 ; tobacco leaf, 
$2,380,000; cigars and cigarettes, $1,600,000. 

What products stand next in importance ? 
Coffee, kopra, sapan wood, pearls, indigo, and tor- 
toise. 

What was the total value of imports in 1893? 
$^,000,000. 

Which are the leading imports ? 

Rice, flour, cotton, hats, umbrellas, petroleum, 
metal wares, machines, coal, and wines. 

From what sources is Philippine commerce 

chiefly derived? 

Foreign; it is largely in the hands of Enghsh, Ameri- 
can, and German merchants. 

Is the coast trade an important factor in 

commerce? 

Yes. 



MARKETS 



IMPORTS 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

Islands:— The principal ones are: Luzon, Mindora, 
Masbete, Ticao, Catanduanas, Burias, Marinduque, 
Batanes, Polillo, Panay, Bohol, Leyte, Negros, Cebii, 
Samar, Mindanao, Basilan, Paragua, Balabac, Buruanga, 
Calamianes. Each one of the above is surrounded by 
a more or less number of islands and islets. 

Capes and Points:— The principal are. Capes Bojeador, 
Engafio, and San Ildefonso, in Luzon; Points Tinaca or 
Panquitan, and Cabo San Augustin, in Mindanao. 

Straits:— The principal straits are those of San Ber- 
nardino, between Luzon and the Visayas islands; Basilan, 
between Mindanao and Celebes; that of Surigao, which 
separates the Visayas from Mindanao; those of Balabac, 
which unite the sea of Mindanao with that of China; 
those of Juanico, between Leyte and Samar; and those 
of Tanon, between Negros on the west and Cebii on the 



128 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



PORTS 



Ports:— Manila, Iloilo, Cebu, Sual, and Sambrianga are 
the chief ports at present. 

Mountains:— The ranges are comparatively few. The 
largest Cordilleras are to be found in Luzon; others of a 
secondary type exist in Mindanao. Volcanic action has 
exercised great influence in various parts of the archi- 
pelago. In the interior of the island of Negros is the 
volcano Canlaon, or Malapina; in Mindanao, the danger- 
ous volcano Macaturin; in the bight of Albay, on the 
MOUNTAINS ^®3,shore, is elevated the stupendous cone Mount Mayon, 
8,000 feet in height. This is the most notable volcano of 
the whole archipelago. There are many volcanoes of 
less importance, including CoJasi, in the province of 
Camarines del Sur, and those of Triga, Buhi, Masaraga, 
and Paedol, in Albay. The largest of these is the volcano 
of Taal, in the province of Batangas, and the mountain 
Mainit (which signifies "hot"), both of which are con- 
stantly in eruption. 

Rivers:— The most notable river is the Great River 
Cagayan, in Luzon ; the Agno Grande is a large stream ; 

RIVERS ^^^ ^^^^' *^® ^^^^* ^^^®^ ^* Pampanga, and that of 
Pasig. In Mindanao is the river Agusan, or Buluan. 
After these the waters of longest course are to be found 
in the islands of Samar, Panay, and Leyte. 

Lakes:— The lakes in the whole of the archipelago are 
variable, some being permanent, others periodical. The 
largest lake is that of Bay, which gives name to that of 
the province of La Laguna, in Luzon. The lagoon of 

LAKES Mindanao is situated in the island of that name, and the 
lagoons of Lanao, Sapongan, Bulusan, and Lignasan are 
in Mindanao. 

Gulfs and Bays:— The principal are Lingayen, Manila, 
Tayabas, Sorgogon, Albay, Lagoney, the bay of Lamon 
in the island of Luzon, the bays of Putnam and Illigan, 
the gulfs of Sibuquez and Dumaiquilas, the bays of 
Illana and Sarengani, and the gulf of Davao in the 
island of Mindanao. 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 

The provinces in the island of Luz6n are 35 in number. 
Of these the largest (in population), are: Manila (400,000), 
PROVINCES Albay (296,000), Pangasinan (295,000), Pampanga (250,- 
AND CITIES 000). Bulacan (230,000), Batangas (312,000), Camarines 
(185,000), Laguna (177,000), Hocus Sur (172,000). Hocus 
Nortes (156,000), and NuevA Elija (155,000). The island 
of Mindanao embraces 8 provinces, those having the 
greatest population being Misauris, 113,000, and Surigao, 
95,000. There are also 9 provinces on adjacent islands, 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



129 



Mindoro having the greatest population (106,000). The 
Caroline and Palaos Islands are in 2 provinces, and the 
Visayas contain 11 provinces, including Cebii (504,000), 
Iloilo (472,000), Leyte (270,000), Bohol (247,000), Negros Oc- 
cidentales (227,000), and Samar (200,000). The Sultanship 
of lolo contains only 1 province (17,000). 

Luzon, in the north of the group, contains Manila, the 
capital of the archipelago. 

The city proper is the seat of the administration, the 
archbishop, and the courts. It has a population of 20,000. 
Here the Spanish element prevails. 

In front of the fort are the suburbs Erminta, Pago, 
Malate, San Miguel, Santa Cruz, Sampaloe, Quiapo, and 
Tondo. 

It is laid out in straight streets, having many large 
houses, numerous churches and convents, barracks, and 
important government buildings. 

The houses, owing to frequent earthquakes, are built 
of wood, the foundations only being of stone. In 1883, a 
cyclone destroyed half the city in one hour. 

There is also a Chamber of Commerce, three English 
banks, and one Spanish bank. 

Nankeen is manufactured at Manila, also carpets and 
other plaited and woven goods. 

Large sugar refineries and machine building are in 
operation, mostly in the hands of the English. 

All shipping and commercial relations of the Philip- 
pines concentrate at Manila.. 

Mindanao, in the south, has for its capital Zamboanga. 

Commercial relations are mostly carried on with Eng- 
land, Spain, and China. 

There is cable communication between Manila and 
Hongkong. 

In 1892, 273 steamers, with a tonnage of 279,057, and 58 
sailing vessels, with a tonnage of 71,196, entered the 
harbor of Manila. 

Large steamers are compelled to anchor 3 miles from 
the city, at Cavite. 

For years the work of deepening the harbor has been 
carried on, but little progress has been made. 

The imports at Manila in 1892 were $23,817,373; exports, 
127,976,569. 

The imports consisted of cotton goods ($7,135,271), cot- 
ton twine ($1,463,227), iron and iron wares ($953,103), 
petroleum ($860,794), woven goods, silks, wools, paper, 
coal, copper, rice, wine, umbrellas. 

The exports consisted of sugar ($11,841,014), hemp 
;$10,053,322), tobacco ($2,268,899), cigars ($1,432,811), 
i iopea ($1,086,011), coffee ($634,380), indigo, and coconut oil. 



luz6n 



SHIPPING 



IMPORTS 



130 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



AGRICULT- 
URAL 



TREES AND 
WOODS 



FRUITS 



VEGETABLE, l^INERAL AND ANIMAL 
KINGDOMS. 

Spanish names with English equivaleyits. 

VEGETABLE KINGDOM-PHILIPPINES. 

Agricultural. 

Abaca Hemp. 

Almaciga Gum mastic. 

Aiiil Indigo. 

Arroz Rice. 

Caiia de azucar Sugar-cane. 

Cafe Coffee. 

Cocoa Cocoa. 

Lino Flax. 

Mijo Millet. 

Nuez moscada Nutmeg. 

Nuez vomica. Poison nut, 

Tabaco Tobacco. 

Trees and Woods. 

La acana Hard red wood. 

La banava calantes Philippine cedar. 

El braziletto A logwood (dyeing). 

La cambogia The gamboge tree (gum). 

La palma gomati (el mas es- The gomati palm (the 
peso de todos). thickest of palm trees. 

La palma Nipa, de que los The Nipa palm, from 
indegenos extraien el vino which the natives ex- 
Filippino. tract Philippine wines, 

or toddy. 

Lanarra Striped red ebony, or 

eagle-wood. 

El sibucao Excellent logwood (dye- 
ing). 

El somaruba Epicacuana, y The Epicacuana tree, and 
muchos otros con nombres many others which bear 
indigenes solamente. native names only. 

Fruits. 

Aflon Sweet custard apple. 

Bananas Bananas. 

Cidras Citrons. 

Lembey A kind of damson (native). 

Limones Lemons. 

Mangostanes Mangosteens. 

Piiias Pineapples. 

Pamplemusas Shaddocks. 

Santol (indigene) The wild strawberry (in- 
digenous), 

Tamarindos Tamarinds. 



VEGETABLES, MINERALS, ANIMALS. 131 



Flowers 

La adelfa The oleander. FLOWERS 

La agave The flowering aloe. 

El agerato Sweet milfoil. 

La bougainvilla The bougainvilla. 

Convolvulos de todos colores. Convolvuli of all colors. 

Corona real The sunflower. 

El flor de la pasion The passion flower. 

Jasmin bianco y amarillo White and yellow jasmine. 

Minutia escaso Sweet William pink. 

El stefanotis The stephanotis. 

MINERALS— PHILIPPINES. 

Aceite mineral Mineral oil. 

Argento Silver. MINERALS 

Azuf re Sulphur. 

Carbon en nueve provincias. . Coal (in nine provinces). 

Cobre Copper. 

Gaz Gas. 

Hierro Iron. 

Indicios de mercurio (Leyte), Indications of mercury 
(Island Leyte). 

Marm61 Marble. 

Oro (en muchas provincias).. Gold in many provinces. 
Perlas, en Archipel de Sulu... Pearls in the Archipelago 
of Sulu. 

Platina Platinum. 

ANIMALS-PHILIPPINES. 
Caballos pequeiios pere f uer- a n i m a i 

tos Horses, small but strong. 

Ciervos Deer. 

Gacelas Gazelles. 

Gatos monteneses, especie de Mountain cat, a species of 

zorro. fox. 

El jabali Wild boar. 

Monos Monkeys. 

Mono bianco Pure white monkey. 

Musareiia The shrew mouse. 

BIRDS— PHILIPPINES. 

La alcaravan The bittern. 

El alcedon The kingfisher. BIRDS 

El ave de Paraiso The bird of Paradise. 

Cotorros Chattering parrots, or 

magpies. 

Cuervos Crows. 

Flamancos Flamingoes. 

La gallareta The widgeon. 

La gallareta negra, que imita The black widgeon which 

la voz humana. imitates the human 

voice. 



132 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



BIRDS 



FISH 



REPTILES 



La gallina de Guinea The Guinea hen. 

La gallineta The woodcock. 

Las garzas Herons. 

Patos Ducks. 

Pavos Turkeys. 

El pichon de siete colores The seven-colored pigeon. 

Tortolas, verdes, negras, Turtle doves, green, black, 

blancas. and white colored. 

INSECTS— PHILIPPINES. 

Arailas, grandes y pequenas. Spiders, large and small. 

Escarabajos, uno llamado Beetles, one of which, 
visaya, muy estimado como called visaya, much es- 
comestible. teemed as an article of 

food. 

Hormigas blancas y rojas Red and white ants. 

La langosta The locust. 

Mosquitos Mosquitoes. 

Tabanos Stinging hornets. 

Tarantulas Tarantula spider. 

FISH— PHILIPPINES. 

Abadejos Codfish. 

Almajas Mussels. 

Labica A kind of bream. 

El Bonete Striped tunny fish. 

Camarones Shrimps. 

Cangregos, grandes y chicos. Crabs, large and small. 

Congrios The Conger eel. 

Langostos Lobsters. 

Liles A kind of anchovy. 

La lisa The skate. 

Ostras Oysters. 

Ostra de perla The pearl oyster. 

Salmonete The red mullet. 

Sardinas Sardines. 

Tiburones Sharks. 

Tortugas Tortoises. 

Rayes Ray fish. 

REPTILES— PHILIPPINES. 

La amondita Horned serpent. 

El alupong A deadly serpent. 

Boa constrictor Boa (scarce). 

El balato Sea slug. 

Lagartos Lizards. 

Piton Python serpent. 

Sanguiguelas Leeches. 

T ortugas Tortoises. 



COMMERCE. 



133 



COMMERCE. 



TOTAL VALUE OF IMPORTS INTO AND EXPORTS FROM 
THE UNITED STATES TO THE PHILIPPINES. 



Year Ending— 


Imports. 


Exports. 


Free. 


Dutiable. 


Domestic. 


Foreign. 


June 30— 

1883 


Dollars. 

69,584 

71,005 

47,294 

82,204 

37,423 

45,876 

35,264 

33,158 

3,087,268 

6,239,642 

9,117,170 

6,992,364 

3,657,952 

2,599,020 

3,086,057 


Dollars. 

10,006,533 
12,268,526 
7,742,462 
9,484,708 
8,577,407 
10,222,402 
10,557,908 
11,559,468 
2,079,941 
69,011 
42,687 
15,978 
1,073,414 
2,383,837 
1,297,683 


Dollars. 

128,834 
194,925 
169,354 
182,937 
147,682 
165,903 
179,647 
122,276 
124,572 

60,914 
154,378 
145,466 
119,255 
162,341 

94,597 


Dollars. 


1884 




1885 




1886 




1887 




1888 




1889 




1890 


488 


1891 




1892 




1893 




1894 




1895 




1896 


105* 


1897 









TOTAL VALUES OF IMPORTS INTO AND EXPORTS FROM 

THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS (MANILA, CEBU, AND ILOILO), 

BY COUNTRIES, WITH THE PER CENT. FROM THE 

UNITED STATES, DURING THE YEAR 1896. 



Countries. 


Imports. 


Exports. 


Excess ob^— 


Imports. 


Exports. 


United States 


Dollars. 

162,446 

2,467,090 
744,928 

1,794,900 

272,240 

103,680 

98,782 

4,987,184 


Dollars. 

4,982,857 

7,467,500 

223,700 

1,987,900 

45,660 

13,770 

1,387,909 

4,065,704 


Dollars. 


Dollars. 

4,820,411 


United Kingdom.... 
Germany 




5,000,410 


521,228 


France 


193,000 




236,580 
89,910 


China 




Japan (1897) 


1,289,127 


Other countries 


921,480 






Total 


10,631,250 


20,175,000 




9,543,750 






Percent, of U. S.... 


1.53 


24 57 













134 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



e e 



^ s-j 






^ = 






8S^! 



eco 






^.2 

w 
C 

S :« bJC5 

M C c - 
0) tJ "G "5 



"J 3 (D 

tS-u c8S © o a^ o 








ec 


^1 












o,-. 








0(^^ 












QOifi 
































o- . 
















Tt< . 




o : 




« • 








o . 


m 




Eh 








O 


o • 


PU 




P<i 


'~L ' 


W 






m '• 








^ • 




X. 


1^ 




•A 


1 

Ti 




o 


a 




b3 ■ 


d 








■S U VI 




.B 










«^-;^ 




•• fl 




^t 








1.5 








QJ tj 




^ 08 




fC 


Ol 



COMMERCE. 



135 






t-(M05 «n 1 



«ceoj>(M05 



S : 



:85S 

■«5eo 



3 
i 

^ S S C3 



.ii 



B 5 

o fa 



-^3 H 
O O 

HE-i 



pq 
O 

O 

jJ 

Q 
< 

>> Mfe 

o <J)<J 

pO c 

w« a 

« u< 

o 



9681 



puB 
•S n JO 

■%U90 J9(J 



Z681 



'Bii'Ba'^snY 



pu'B 



edojna 



uiopSni3[ 
pe^infi 



'Bp'BaBO 
pu'B 

pacnofi 



oo i-Hcoeoinoit-Tju-co 



Sfe : : :S 



ooooooot>a5-*eoc««o 



o j> 00 «3_eo CO (M ?q i-( cc o 



ss 



ss 



TJ<CDO«DQOO 



Mcccow m -^ 

d'3 O fl O O O O OCS O 

O .'. O '.'.'.'. '.-^ '- 
p.. .ft .... .3 



O J3 - w - 

„, eg drs o3 0) c o o , 



136 



THE PHILIPPINES. 



QUANTITIES OF SUGAR AND HEMP EXPORTED FROM THE 

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS TO THE UNITED STATES, THE 

UNITED KINGDOM, AND CONTINENTAL EUROPE 

FROM 1888 TO 1897 INCLUSIVE. 



Sugar. 


United 
States. 


United 
Kingdom. 


Continent 
of Europe. 


1888 


Pounds. 

180,464,206 
284,654,552 
133,013,538 
223,822,798 
200,732,738 
172,146,419 
121,323,662 
140,663,092 
174,066,872 
43,261,182 


Pounds. 

75,014,228 
113,143,941 
85,399,445 
97,589,883 
157,479,554 
210,234,762 
130,463,243 
183,078,619 
122,470,425 
106,578,638 


Pounds. 

9,872,865 
10,923,668 
8,374,306 
4,873,620 
6,466,650 
9,267,816 
9,153,178 
8,418,872 
7,457,603 
3,736,305 


1889 


1890 


1891 


1892 


1893 


1894 


1895 


1896 


1897 


Manila Hemp. 
1888 


Bales. 
246,437 
199,707 
109,726 
132,267 
384,076 
212,463 
387,045 
273,918 
290,327 
417,473 


Bales. 

347,854 
322,022 
341,993 
443,142 
357,744 
373,041 
335,372 
493,801 
407,522 
385,182 


Bales. 

2,861 
1,239 
1,968 
4,206 
3,354 
3 548 


1889 


1890 


1891 

1892 


1893 


1894 


11,691 


1895 


3 981 


1896 


2,632 


1897 


22,373 







TRANSPORTATION NOTES. 

Through fare from San Francisco to Manila, via Hong-kong, first 
class, $255.00. 

STEAMERS. 

Occidental and Oriental, and Pacific mail steamers leave San 
Francisco weekly for Hongkong, via Honolulu, fare, first class, 
S225.00. 

Japan-America line steamers leave Seattle monthly for Hong- 
kong, via Honolulu, fares, first class, $165.00; second class, $112.00; 
third class, $35.00. 

Northern Pacific line steamers leave Tacoma, Washington, three 
times a month for Hongkong, direct, fare, first class, $160.00. 

Canadian Pacific line steamers leave Vancouver, fortnightly, 
direct, for Hongkong, fare, first class, $225.00. 

There is steamer connection between Manila and Liverpool, Singa- 
pore, Columbo, Aden, Suez, Port Said, and Spanish ports, also 
between Manila and points in Africa, India, China, Japan, and 
Australia. 

There are many steamers plying between Philippine ports, the 
Carolines, and Mariana Islands. 



WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 



137 



MILEAGE. 

Postal routes, New York to Hongkong, via San Fran- 
cisco, 10,590 miles. 

Distance, San Francisco to Hongkong, via Honolulu, 
7,030 miles. 



MILEAQE 



Distance from Hongkong to Manila, 630 miles. 

A Cable line exists between Luzon, and Hongkong. 



WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

Liquids are sold by the English wine gallon of 3.785 
liters. 
The dry measure is the pico of 63.27 kilograms. 

CURRENCY. 

The archipelago received in 1857 its own silver currency 
with duro as a standard of 100 centavos, or 160 cuartos at 
23.364 gram pure silver, which equals 4.205 mark. Silver 
pieces are coined for 10, 20, and 50 centavos, also copper 
coins of smaller values. Spanish coins circulated also. 

In Mindanao the gantang of 10 silver pesos is used. 
The latter of 2]^ cangan each, one cangan equaling 180 
li, which is 1.6516 mark silver. 

Dry goods are sold by the EngUsh yard and the Cas- 
tilian vara. 



WEIGHTS 

AND 

MEASURES 



CURRENCY 



AUTHORITIES. 

Viv. de Saint Martin : "La Nouvelle Geographic Uni- 
verselle." 1892. Translated from the French, 

" Enciclopedico Hispano-Americano." 1893. Trans- 
lated from the Spanish. 

La Rousse : "Dictionaire." Translated from the 
French. 

Meyer's "Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1898. Trans- 
lated from the German. 

Brockhaus' " Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1897. 
Translated from the German. 

Hiibner's " Geographisch statistische Tabellen." 1895. 
Translated from the German. 

" Encyclopaedia Britannica. ' ' Ninth edition. 

"Monthly Summary, Commerce and Finance," June 
and September, 1898. Bureau of Statistics. 

Consular Reports, 1898. 

" Standard Dictionary. ' ' Last edition. 

"Statesman's Year Book." 1898. 

"Military Notes on the Philippines," 1898, War Depart- 
ment, Washington, D. C. 



AUTHORITIES 



DISCOVERY 



ORIGINAL 
NAME 



DE GAYTAN'S 
DISCOVERY 



SECTION IV. 

HAWAII. 

HISTORICAIi. 

The Hawaiian islands were discovered by Spanish nav- 
igators. In 1542, General Lopez de Villalobos conducted 
an expedition from New Spain to the Moluccas. Juande 
Gaytan accompanied it in quality of pilot. In an account 
of this voyage, written by Gaytan, he mentions some 
islands called Rey, situated about nine thousand leagues 
from the Mexican coast. 

As the expedition of Villalobos followed closely the lati- 
tude of Hawaii, which island is about 9,000 leagues from 
the coast of Mexico, the supposition becomes strong that 
these islands of Rey are identical with those denominated 
Sandwich by Captain Cook. 

Nor is this supposition unsupported by credible evi- 
dence. Trustworthy dates and documents prove that 
the Spaniards were the discoverers of the Hawaiian 
archipelago, and that the discovery took place in the 
middle of the sixteenth century. 

The greater number of the maps of the sixteenth, sev- 
enteenth, and eighteenth centuries depict these islands 
with Spanish names, and in the latitude and longitude of 
Sandwich. The same latitude and longitude are also 
mentioned in the map of the world of OrteUus, dated 
1587. 

Anson's chart, drawn in 1748, presents a group of 
islands in the same latitude as the Hawaiian archipelago, 
but with a difference of 10 degrees of longitude. These 
and other inedited documents still existing, seem to in- 
sist that the first discovery was made by Spaniards. 

Concerning the discoverer, there exists in the Hydro- 
graphic Department, Madrid, a curious manuscript map, 
drawn at the end of the eighteenth century, on which 
the Sandwich islands are marked with this inscription: 
"These islands were discovered by Juan de Gaytan in 
1555. In this chart they are designated as the islands of 
Mesa,* which, according to Laperouse, may refer to the 
island called Hawaii, the mountain of which, Mauna 
Loa, is in shape of a high table. 

It is probable that during the long interval between 
1555 to 1778, these islands were known and perhaps casu- 



* Spanish: Table; Table-land. 



HISTORICAL. 



139 



ally inhabited by sailors of all lands, but as no dates or 
events exist upon which to hazard even a general re- 
view, we must accept the discovery of Captain Cook as 
the basis of the further history of the country. 

In the month of January, 1778, the English ships, Res- 
olution and Discovery, commanded by Captain Cook, 
cast anchor in the bay of Uaimea. The navigator made 
a complete survey of the archipelago, and named it 
"Sandwich," in honor of an English earl who was also 
admiral, and a great patron of naval research. Cook 
then set sail for the coast of North America. 

At the end of 1778 he returned to Sandwich, and an- 
chored in a large bay to the south of Hawaii. Here he 
was received by the natives with almost divine honors, 
they believing that he was their tutelar god Lona, a visit 
from whom had been promised them some years pre- 
viously by one of their prophets. 

Owing to circumstances which have never been clearly 
recounted. Cook and the natives became estranged, till 
at length open rebellion and quarrels were of frequent 
occurrence. Some harsh measures on the part of Cook 
led to a sanguinary collision on the morning of the 14th 
of February, 1779, in which the illustrious commander 
lost his life. 

Retribution came swiftly at English hands. The na- 
tives sued for peace, and gave up the remains of Capt. 
Cook, having first rendered divine honors to them. 

French, English, and North American marines fre- 
quently touched at these islands. Among them were 
Laperouse, in 1786; Dixon, in 1787; Marchand, in 1791, 
and the celebrated Vancouver, in 179.3, the latter suc- 
ceeding in capturing the affection of the natives, and of 
their king, Kamehameha. 

Interpreting with some inaccuracy the words and in- 
tentions of this monarch, Vancouver, on the 21st of Feb- 
ruary, 1794, declared, in presence of Kamehameha, his 
chiefs, priests, and others, that the king of England was 
protector of these islands'. This protectorate was merely 
nominal. 

When Cook surveyed the islands in 1779 they were 
governed by chiefs, or independent petty sovereigns, 
called alu. Kalaniopun, king, or alu of the territory of 
Kau, died in 1780. He was succeeded by his son, Kinalo, 
against whom a revolt was raised by his cousin, Kame- 
hameha. A bloody battle, lasting eight days, ultimately 
ensued, in which Kiualo was overthrown and slain. 

The rebels proclaimed Kamehameha, the ambitious 
cousin, king, under the title of Kamehameha I., the Con- 
queror. He merited this distinction, as he at once sub- 



CAPTAIN 

COOK'S 

VISIT 



VAN- 
COUVER'S 
VISIT 



KAME- 
HAMEHA 
"THE CON- 
QUEROR" 



1-10 



HAWAII. 



VAN- 
COUVER'S 
INFLUENCE 



INTRODUC- 
TION OF 
REFORMS 



MISSIONARY 
WORK 



dued ail the islands, great and small, to his allegiance. 
He Avas a man of clear intelligence, and worked hard to 
secure the progress of his country, protecting European 
sailors and American missionaries, and befriending all 
who might visit the islands in the interests of civiliza- 
tion. 

His supreme ambition was to secure the sole dominion 
of the entire archipelago, but to attain this object he 
fovmd it imperative to maintain amicable relations with 
Europeans. On this account he extended a cordial wel- 
come to Vancouver, who, on his part, recognizing the 
advantage that would accrue to England could she ob- 
tain a footing in this magnificent port of the Pacific, 
offered the monarch every assistance to attain his end. 

This conjunction of interests seemed to initiate an 
apparent vassalage on the part of Kamehameha in rela- 
tion to the English crown. The result was a consign- 
ment of munitions of war, articles of clothing, and vari- 
ous utensils to enable the king to commence his prepa- 
rations. Vancouver left the island in 1794. Kamehameha 
at once disciplined troops, organized a small army, and 
undertook the subjugation of his rivals. 

Complete conquest was the result, and the Hawaiian 
king at once proceeded to introduce the elements of cul- 
ture into his dominions. His favorite residence was 
Kailua, in the island of Hawaii, but foreseeing the future 
commercial importance of Honolulu, he removed 
thence his court and capital. Death suddenly over- 
took this Hawaiian reformer on the 8th of May, 1S19. 
His last words to his son and successor were: "Hoc 
kanaka '' (be a man). These words are inscribed on the 
clasp of the Order of Kamehameha I. 

Kamehameha II., who abolished idolatry, governed in 
unison with his father's favorite wife, who, from her en- 
ergy, tact, and strong character, has been called the 
Semiramis of the Pacific. She protected the American 
missionaries, and became, with Kamehameha, a convert 
to Christianity, which faith was declared to be the reli- 
gion of the kingdom. 

In 1823, the king desired to visit Europe. He made the 
voyage to England, aceompanied by his wife, Kamamalu. 
They had only been a short time in London when they 
were attacked by measles, of which malady both died. 
Their remains were conducted to Honolulu by the Eng- 
lish frigate Blonde. 

The king's brother, a minor, born in 1814, succeeded 
as Kamehameha III., a regent, Kaahximana, for a while 
conducted the government. Kamehameha III. was the 
first constitutional monarch. In 1837, he instigated the 



HISTORICAL. 



141 



banishment of Roman Catholic missionaries, of whom 

the Methodist missionaries, it is alleged, had become 

jealous. Before the measure could be carried into effect, MISSIONARY 

a French frigate, commanded by Du Petit Thouars, ar- TROUBLES 

rived, and forced the king to withdraw his order. 

In consequence of this forcible treatment of France, 
the king was advised to investigate the old agreement 
with England. It was found that the protectorate of 
England had been stipulated for in two treaties, but that 
it had never existed. As a result, the independence of 
the archipelago was ceremoniously proclaimed. 

In 1840 a political code was promulgated, which estab- 
lished some reforms and a regular government. This 
was mainly effected by Mr. Judd, the physician of the 
American mission, and by Mr. Wyllie, a Scotchman. 

In 1843, Du Petit Thouars appeared again in order to 
secure further rights for the Catholics, but acted in such 
a manner that the king began to fear for the independ- 
ence of Hawaii. 

On February 25, 1843, the English occupied the islands, 
but vacated them again on July 8 of the same year. 

A legation was sent in 1844 to London and Washington. 
It succeeded in receiving the acknowledgment, by Eng- 
land and America, of the independence of the islands 
and the sovereignty of the king. 

But already, in February, 1844, and again on March TREATY 
26, 1846, England made a friendly alliance with the king. WITH 

This treaty placed all power in the hands of the English, ENGLAND 
and by its terms the king became a subject of England. 

France made a commercial alliance with the king in 
1843, but in 1849 a quarrel again ensued. The French 
Consul Dillon, on arrival of a French frigate and two 
men-of-war, demanded of the government a lowering of 
the tariff, equal rights for the missionaries, and the use 
of the French language in all official correspondence. 

The government declined to accede, the French troops 
landed, took possession of the fort, spiked the guns, and 
captured the Hawaiian vessels in the harbor. But in 
consequence of the protests of the American and Eng- 
lish consuls the invaders reembarked and left after a 
few days. 

Renewed threatenings on the part of the French, in 
March, 1851, inclined the king more and more toward 
the Americans, and under their influence the constitu- 
tion of Dec. 6, 1853, was established. Eventually the AMERICAN 
king was determined, upon the advice of the Methodist INFLUENCE 
missionary, Mr. Allen, to incorporate his kingdom with 
the United States. His death, however, in 1854, arrested 
this intention. 



142 



HAWAII. 



N£W CON- 
STITUTION 



AMERICAN 

PROTECTION 

SOUGHT 



ANNEXATION 
TO THE 
UNITED 
STATES 



In December, 1854, Kamehameha IV,, who was born in 
1834, and married in 1856, Miss Emma Rooke, ascended 
the throne. He cancelled all the arrangements made by 
his predecessor concerning annexation of the archipel- 
ago to the United States, but his reign was a wise and 
good one, and he won the respect of all nations, including 
England, which country he visited, in company with his 
wife. 

In 1863, Lot succeeded his brother as Kamehameha V. 
His first effort was to extend the suffrage. This, at 'first, 
met with strong opposition, but the natives, applauding 
the action of their sovereign, a concession was effected, 
and in 1864 a new constitution was inaugurated. Kame- 
hameha V. died suddenly in 1872. His dynasty was 
extinct. 

The Chambers elected a new sovereign, WiUiam Luna- 
lilo, a cousin of the deceased king. He was a most 
popular prince, but a predilection for stimulants induced 
his death after a reign of two years. 

David Kalakaua, elected by the Parliament on the 12th j 
of February, 1874, now occupied the throne. On the 20th 
of April, 1875, he determined to place the Hawaiian 
archipelago under the protection of the United States, 
and made a journey to Washington in order to confer 
with president Grant on the subject. 

Early in 1875 a treaty was signed assuring a naval sta- 
tion to the American Republic to the exclusion of every 
other foreign power. King David died on the 20th of 
February, 1891, and was succeeded by his sister, Lilia 
IjiUuokalani. On the 17th of January, 1893, the monarchy 
was overthrown and a provisional government was 
placed in power. By an act, dated July 3d, 1894, the 
Constitutional Convention appointed Sandford B. Dole 
president of the Republic of the archipelago of Hawaii. 

On joint resolution of the Congress of the United 
States, passed by the House of Representatives on June 
15, 1898, and by the Senate on July 6, 1898, Hawaii was 
annexed to the United States. 



LOCALITY 



CATECHISM. 143 

CATECHISM. 

OEOGRAPHICAIi. 

lFo7' supplementary geographical data, see text following this 
Catechism.l 

What is the geographical location of the 
Hawaiian, Islands? 

They are situated between 19° and 22° SC north lati- 
tude, and 155° and 160* west longitude. 
Has Hawaii any advantages from a naval 
standpoint ? 

Yes; it is the great strategic base of the Pacific. 
Under the present conditions of naval warfare, cre- 
ated by the use of steam as a motive power, Hawaii 
possesses an immense advantage as a depot for the 
supply of coal. Possessed of Hawaii, United States 
is able to advance her line of defense 2,000 miles from 
the Pacific coast. With a fortified harbor, and a 
strong fleet at Honolulu, we will be in a position to 
conduct either defensive or offensive operations in 
the North Pacific to greater advantage than any 
other power. 
How is Hawaii situated with reference to for- 
eign ports ? HAWAII AND 
It lies about one-third of the distance on the usual FOREIGN 
routes from San Francisco to Japanese and Chinese PORTS 
ports, also about the same distance on the routes 
from San Francisco to Australia, and from ports of 
British Columbia to Australia, and British India. It 
lies about halfway of the route from the Isthmus of 
Panama to Yokohama and Hongkong. 
Of how many islands does Hawaii consist ? 
Of 8 large inhabited and 7 smaller barren islands; the 
latter being northwest of the former. 
By what names are the inhabited islands 
known ? 

Niihau, Kauai, Oahu, Molokai, Maui, Lanai, Kahu- NAMES OF 
laui, and Hawaii. Oahu is the most densely popu- ISLANDS 
lated. 
Which island of the Hawaiian group is the 
most picturesque ? 

From the anchorage, Lahaina, the capital of Maui, 
is the most picturesque. As a background to a sea 
frontage of two miles are mountains reaching to a 
maximum height of over 6,000 feet. These mountains 
appear to be riven by precipices thousands of feet 
in depth. The most perfect view of this magnificent 
landscape is obtained at sunset. 



144 



HAWAII. 



ISLAND 
OP KAUAI 



ISLAND 
OF MAUI 



SURFACE 



Which is the most important island of the 
group ? 

Kauai, on the northwest. 

Is the island of Kauai easily accessible ? 

As it is cut off from Oahu by the stormy strait of 

Teiewaho, it is difficult of access in unfavorable 

weather. 
Why is Kauai preeminent among the Hawaii- 
an islands ? 

Because it is the oldest, and was the first to receive 

the benefits of civilization. 

Does Kauai present any special attractions to 

the traveler ? 

The fertile and romantic stream Waimea, which 
rises in the central mountains of the island and 
flows for miles toward the ocean, is an object of 
interest to all tourists. 

Which is the most important town of Kauai, 
and for what is it noted ? 

Waimea; its harbor, although merely an open road- 
stead, offers the best anchorage along the shores of 
the island. 

What is the physical conformation of Maui 

Island ? 

It is divided into east and west, the Isthmus of Kula 
forming a natural unity between the two islands. 

What is the small island of Niihau noted for ? 
It has rich deposits of guano. Several business 
houses in Honolulu control the output. 

Where is Niihau situated ? 

Northwest of Kauai. 
What is the origin of the archipelago ? 

It is the work of volcanic submarine eruptions. 
What is the physical aspect of Hawaii ? 

Active and extinct volcanoes, subterranean lakes, 

and fields of petrified lava. 
What is the nature of the surface of the 
islands ? 

Mountainous. 

What peculiar aspect is frequently given to 
the landscape ? 

That of snow-covered heights reddened by the fires 
discharged from the volcanoes. Another strange 
feature is the presence of fertile and cultivated 
plains, where rivers and streams are lacking. 



% 
"3^. 



CATECHISM. 



145 



Is the natural drainage of the islands good ? 

No ; even small rivers are rare. Only on Hawaii 
Island are there a few navigable for a short distance. 

How can the fertility of land without natural 
drainage be explained ? 

The earth receives nourishment from the humidity 
caused by heavy dews, and from clouds passing low 
in these regions. 

Is the aspect of the country as pleasing as it 

is peculiar ? 

Yes; the chains of dark rock intermingling with 
groves of trees and millions of flowers of every shape 
and hue, form an enchanting contrast to the gray 
lava which constitutes the soil from which they 
spring. 

Are there many plains on Kauai island ? 

Yes, especially on the south side, these latter being 
favorable for the cultivation of tobacco. The plains 
of Kauai also yield in great luxuriance the wild 
cotton tree, which grows in profusion unsurpassed 
even in tropical lands. 

What is remarkable concerning the plains of 

Wainea ? 

They are pierced by subterranean passages, used as 
places of interment for the dead and hermetically 
sealed. From these plains a full view is obtained of 
the summits of three volcanoes. 

What is the area of the Hawaiian Islands ? 

Variously estimated from 6,640 to 7,400 square miles. 

What is the area of each individual island ? 

Hawaii, 4,850 sq.m.; Maui, 750; Oahu, 700; Kaui. 780; 

Molokai, 170; Lauai, 170; Niihau, about 110; Kahu 

laui, 40. (All estimated). 
With what State does the group agree in 
point of area ? 

The total area of the group agrees most nearly with 

New Jersey, 7,185 square miles. 

CI.IMATE, 

How can the climate of Hawaii be best de- 
scribed ? 

As perpetual spring. The sky is always cloudless 
and the atmosphere is clear and serene. 

Are the islands healthy for Europeans and 
Americans ? 



NATURAL 
DRAINAGE 



PLAINS 



CLIMATE 



146 



HAWAII. 



WINDS 



SEASONS 



OUT DOOR 
WORK 



Are the islands subject to high winds ? 

The wind called mamuku is periodical. It is a vio- 
lent gust which blows from the mountains toward 
the coast. 

How do the winds influence the climate of the 

islands ? 

The northeast " Passat " blows from March to No- 
vember, making that period the pleasantest time of 
the year. In winter occur the south or "sickly 
winds." 

What is a distinct characteristic of the north 

coast of Hawaii island ? 

It is subject to strong winds. The periodical wind 
known as the " Mamuka," in Hawaii, blows with the 
force of a gale from the mountains. 

What is the average and maximum of temper- 
ature ? 

71° ; warmest month 89* ; coldest month 54°. 

How are the seasons divided in the Hawaiian 
islands ? 

From December to March the climate corresponds 
in many respects to the winter of the temperate 
zones. The period from May to October is usually 
considered summer. 

Is the annual rainfall heavy ? 

It varies. At Olaa, Hawaii, windward side, (at ele- 
vation of 2,700 feet), 1894-95, the year's rainfall was 
176.82 inches; at Kailua, at a lower level, on the lee- 
ward side, it was 51.21 inches. 

Is the Hawaiian climate favorable for outdoor 
work by Americans and Europeans ? 

Yes; they can work in the open air at all seasons of 
the year, as they can not in countries lying in the 
same latitudes elsewhere. 

Must special precautions be taken against 
the sun ? 

No; the inhabitants wear straw and soft felt hats 
similar to those worn in the United States during 
the summer months. 

During what season of the year do gastric 
fevers appear ? 

In winter. 
What are the principal causes of death among 
the natives ? 

Bronchitis, pneumonia, and intemperance in the use 

of alcoholic stimulants. 



CATECHISM. 



147 



What is a prevailing disease in Hawaii ? 

Leprosy. There is a settlement in the island of 
Molokai where all the diseased people are isolated. 

MOUNTAINS, VAIiliEYS, ETC. 

How many volcanoes are existent on the 
islands ? 

At least forty. 
Are they all active ? 

No, only two; the others have been extinct for cen- 
turies. 
On which of the islands are the active vol- 
canoes ? 

On the island of Hawaii. The Mauna Loa and the 
Kilauea rank among the most remarkable of the 
earth's volcanoes. 
How many volcanoes are on this island ? 

Five; they rise gradually from the lava plateau to 
a great height. 
Is the lava of active volcanoes noticeable in 
the country of this island ? 

Yes; 13 lava streams flow through the island. 
Which is the highest peak of the island ? 

The Mauna- Kea, or "Mother Mountain," 13,803 feet. 
What are the principal valleys in the Hawa- 
iian Islands ? 

A very remarkable one, called the Wai-lu-ku pass, is 
situated on the island of Maui. It bisects west Maui, 
and terminates in a deep gorge in the precincts of 
Lahaina. The valley of Wai-poi, in Hawaii, is known 
as the " Eden of the Hawaiian Islands." It is nearly 
two miles wide at its mouth, and terminates in a 
grand ravine, richly cultivated, seven miles from the 
seashore. This valley is crater-like in form. 
Are there any notable valleys in Molokai ? 
The celebrated valley of Halawa is one of the princi- 
pal attractions of the island. There may be seen 
scores of taro beds under cultivation, grass nearly 
five feet high, and many large cascades leaping from 
a height of several hundred feet upon the gigantic 
precipices beneath them. 
Are there any drawbacks to travel in this 
valley ? 

Annoyance is frequently experienced from aggres- 
sive spiders. They are of immense size, having feet 
distended from five to six inches apart. Ti-avelers 
in climbing are liable to encounter one or more of 



LEPROSY 



LAVA 
STREAMS 



VALLEYS 
IN MOLOKAI 



148 



HAWAII. 



VALLEYS 
OF KAUAI 



HANALEI 
VALLEY 



CAVES 



these insects. The spider endeavors to entangle his 
victim in a strong web. This web consists of strong 
silky lines of a bright yellow color, several yards in 
length. 

What method is usually adopted to repel these 
formidable insects ? 

They are beaten down with stout sticks, and the 
fibers of the web are broken in the same manner. 

Are the valleys of Kauai of special interest ? 

That of Hanalei is remarkably picturesque. It is 
covered with plantations and pasture lands, and a 
peaceful little harbor, with a fair sandy beach, 
fretted by the foam of the surf, defines its limits. 

What are the chief agricultural interests in 

the Hanalei valley ? 

The cultivation of coffee and the Bourbon bean, 
which latter is closely allied to that cultivated in 
Arabia Felix, 

Does the Hanalei Valley possess any peculiar 
features ? 

The vegetable remains seen there are of a highly 
interesting character. From two to four feet beneath 
the surface of the soil are found solid trunks of 
trees lying in horizontal position. In the upper part 
of the valley large marine shells are plentiful. With 
fine ocean sand, these shells form the lower stratum 
of the valley bed. 

Where are the most remarkable caves of 
the Hawaiian group ? 

A large extent of Kauai is cavernous, but the most 
interesting cavern is the one termed Niholua by the 
natives. 

What are its peculiar features ? 

The entrance, which is formed by a natural orifice 
in the roof. The floor consists of an unctuous slime 
formed by percolation through the roof. 

Has this cave ever served any special pur- 
pose ? , 

During a great epidemic multitudes took refuge 
there; it was also used as a hiding-place in time of 
war. 

Where are the salt lakes situated ? 

Four miles west of Honolulu is the celebrated salt 
lake of Alia-paakai. The whole region of the lake is 
strictly volcanic. 



CATECHISM. 



149 



Has salt been extracted from this lake ? 

Until very recently a self-formed salt was found 

there. It was considered excellent for the market 

and shipping. 
Does the trade continue ? 

No; on account of the partial difference of the salt 

in the lake the trade has fallen off. 
In what locality are the salt works ? 

Extensive salt works are now carried on at Pulas, 

near the lake, the process is by evaporation. 
Of what nature is the coast of the islands ? 

Very steep; harbors are few. 
What is the nature of the coast of the island 
of Hawaii ? 

It is narrow, rising almost immediately to a lava 

plateau. 
Where are the best harbors of the island of 
Hawaii situated ? 

On the west side, between cape Kalae in the south 

and Opolu Point in the north; Kealakeakua, Kailua, 

and Kawaihae. 
Where is the best port of this island situated ? 

On the north coast, at Hilo Bay. 
Are there any coral reefs near the island of 
Hawaii ? 

There are a few near Hilo. 
What railway communications are there on 
the island of Hawaii ? 

One railway runs from Hilo to the plantation 

Waiakea ; another from Mahukona through the 

Kohala district. 



SALT LAKE 



HARBORS 

AND 

PORTS 



POPUIiATION. 

What was the population in 1890 ? 



What was the population of the separate •"OP^'-ation 
islands in 1890 ? 

Hawaii, 26,754; Oahu, 31,194; Maui, 17,357; Kauai, 

and Niihau, 11,859; Molokai, Lanai, and Kalulaui, 

2,826; total, 89,990. 
How was the population of the Hawaiian Is- 
lands divided in 1896? 

Natives, 31,019; half-castes, 8,485; Americans, 3,086; 

United Kingdom, 2,250; German, 1,432; French, 101; 

Portuguese, 15,191; Norwegian, 378; Chinese, 21,616; 

Japanese, 24,407; Polynesian, 455; other nationalities, 

600: total, 109,020. 



150 



HAWAII. 



DECREASE 
OF NATIVES 



HAWAIIAN 
CHARAC- 
TERISTICS 



OCCUPA- 
TIONS 



What are the leading characteristics of the 
natives (Kanakes) ? 

Their admirable skill in technical work, their 
strength, and the high rank they hold among Poly- 
nesians in physical proportions. 

Have the natives decreased since the white 
colonization ? 

Yes; in 1778 there were approximately 200,000. The 
census of 1823 showed only 142,000; in 1890, only 40,000 
were reported. 

What are the principal causes of this de- 
crease ? 

At first, wars; later, epidemics, such as plague, mea- 
sles, smallpox, and leprosy (carried in from abroad); 
and vicious habits acquired from colonists of the 
worst type. According to some missionary accounts, 
their vicious habits are inborn. 

What are the leading characteristics of the 
Hawaiians ? 

They are good boatmen, splendid fishermen, and 
brave warriors. They are also excellent imitators, 
but are totally lacking in inventive skill. 

What sports and pastimes are most in favor ? 

Pugilistic exhibitions, racing, surf -swimming, music, 

singing, and dancing. 
Have their musical instincts led to any useful 
results ? 

Yes; under the leadership of a German conductor 

an excellent band of Kanakes has been formed. 

What is a notable characteristic of the cities 

and ports ? 

The life and movement in them is similar to that 
which animates the cities and ports of America and 
Europe. 

What are the principal branches of occupa- 
tion ? 

Agriculture, sheep and cattle raising. The silk worm 

is cultivated extensively. 

What peculiarity is notable among the 
Chinese and Japanese? 

The small proportion of females, there being but 
2,449 of the former and 5,195 of the latter nationality. 

Of w^hat nationality are the merchants, plant- 
ers, and mechanics P 

American, EngUsh, and German. 



CATECHISM. 



151 



Which island is particularly noted for its Ger- 
man population ? 

Kauai, which is almost entirely in the hands of Ger- 
man planters. 

Of what nationality are the field laborers ? field 

Portuguese, Hawaiian, Chinese, and Japanese. LABOR 

What are the rates of wages on the Hawaiian 

Islands ? 

Field labor, Portuguese and Hawaiian, $16.00 to $18.00 
per month, without board; field labor, Chinese and 
Japanese, $12.50 to $15.00 per month, without board; 
brick-layers and masons (in Honolulu), $5.00 to $6.00 
per day; carpenters, $2.50 to $5.00; machinists, $3.00 
to $5.00; painters, $2.00 to $5.00 per day of nine 
hours. 

How are domestic servants paid ? 

Cooks, Chinese, and Japanse, $3.00 to $6.00 per week, 
with board and room; nurses and house servants, 
$8.00 to $12.00 per month, with board and room. 

From what nations are the domestic servants 
usually selected ? 

Domestic labor in Honolulu and in all parts of the 
islands has for many years been performed by Chi- 
nese males, who make excellent house servants. 
During the last four or five years the Japanese have 
entered the field. Japanese women are especially 
in demand as nurses for children. 

Is the labor market well supplied ? 

It is overstocked. Steamers bring many persons 
who seek employment, but they are, in the majority 
of instances, obliged to return disappointed. 

Has European labor ever been imported ? 

Yes; some years ago Germans were encouraged to 
immigrate. 

Are there any homestead laws in Hawaii ? 

Yes; under proper conditions as to citizenship, etc., 
land is granted on payment of a small fee. The HOMESTEAD 
grants are as follows: First-class agricultural land, LAWS 
8 acres; second-class agricultural land, 16 acres; wet 
(rice or taro) land, 1 acre; first-class pastoral land, 
30 acres; second-class pastoral land, 60 acres; pasto- 
ral-agricultural land, 45 acres. 

Is school attendance obligatory ? 

Yes. 



DOMESTIC 
SERVICE 



152 



HAWAII. 



What educational facilities are there ? 

EDUCATION ^^^ schools with 800 teachers and 10,712 scholars. 

(1892.) There is a manual labor school in the mission 
station of Hanalei. 

In what language are the scholars instructed ? 

Two-thirds are educated in English, the remainder 
being instructed in the native language. 

Of the above number of pupils how many 
were girls ? 

3,956, 

How many of the 10,712 pupils were natives 
or of other nationalities ? 

5,881 were Kanakes, 1,042 half-breed, 300 Americans, 
191 English, and 175 Germans. 

Do the reports show that there are any other 
schools ? 

Yes; some secondary schools and three high-schools, 
one in Honolulu, one in Lahaiina, and one in Hilo. 

What is the prevailing religious creed ? 

Protestant; the Protestant missions are represented 
by five stations, four English and one American. 

What was the number of Protestants and 
Catholics in 1884 ? 

29,685 of the former and 20,072 of the latter. 

Is there any connection between the churches 
and the schools ? 

No. 

What footing have religious orders found 
here ? 

There is an Anglican and a Catholic bishopric. 

Other sects have also established themselves. 

Are the postal facilities good in the Hawiian 

Islands ? 

Yes; there is a regular postal system, and on the ar- 
rival of a steamer at Honolulu the mail is sent to the 
different islands and into the interior by mail car- 
riers. 

Do the Hawaiian Islands belong to the Postal 
Union ? 

Yes; and money-orders can be obtained on the 
United States, Canada, Great Britain, Germany, 
Norway and Sweden, Denmark, the Netherlands, 
Portugal, Hongkong, and Australia. 



RELIGION 



POSTAL 
SERVICE 



CATECHISM. 



How many post-offices are there and how 
many letters were sent ? 

In 1890 58 post-offices transmitted 404,793 interna- 
tional and 1,136,236 inland (Honolulu) letters. 

CITIES. 

[For suppl^inG'>i't(i'>f'y d^itct on cities and towns, see text following 
this Catechism.'] 

Which city of Hawaii is recognized as the 
political capital ? 

Honolulu on Oahu. 
How is Honolulu situated ? 

Pleasantly, on the south side of the island. Except 
in the business blocks, every house stands in its own 
garden, and some of the houses are very handsome. 

What ar^ the most notable objects in Hon- 
olulu ? 

The public buildings are attractive and commodi- 
ous. The palace and parliament buildings are im- 
posing. 

Have modern municipal improvements been 

introduced ? 

Electric lights are used for the thoroughfares, and 
there is a complete telephone system. 

What methods of rapid transit exist in Hon- 
olulu for city service ? 

Tram cars run at short intervals along the principal 
streets, and continue out to a sea-bathing resort and 
public park, four miles from the city. 

Are any daily or other periodical publications 
issued in Honolulu ? 

There are three evening daily papers, published in 
English, one daily morning paper, and two weeklies. 
Newspapers are also published in the Hawaiian, Port- 
uguese, Japanese, and Chinese languages. There 
are several monthly magazines in various tongues. 



HONOLULU 



RAPID 
TRANSIT 



VE^GETABLE KINGDOJTI. 

[For supplementarrj data, includi7ig lists of vegetables, fruits, 
flowers, trees, etc., see text following this Catechism. 

What percentage of Hawaiian acreage is in 

a fit state of cultivation ? agricul- 

Only 5 per cent. TURAL 

What are the chief agricultural products of products 
the islands ? 

Sugar, rice, coffee, and bananas. 



A 



154 



HAWAII. 



SUGAR 
PLAf^TIONS 



MOLASSES- 
EXPORT 



COFFEE 



How many sugar plantations are there on the 
islands ? 

Not less than 100, nearly all having their own mills. 
But there are seven especially large sugar mills in 
addition to rhese. 

What was the sugar product in 1892 ? 

122,279 tons, most of which was exported to San 
Francisco for refining. 

What is the average export of sugar under 
favorable conditions ? 

Exports to U. S., 1897, 431,217,116 lbs., valued at 

$13,165,084. 

Of what nationality is the labor employed on 
the sugar plantations ? 

Japanese; imported since 1885. 
To what extent is molasses exported from 
Hawaii ? 

The exports to the U. S., 1897, was 26,866 g:.llons, 
valued at $1,529. 

How are the fertile coast districts of Hawaii 
island cultivated ? 

Large sugar, coffee, and orange plantations cover 
them. 
Is coffee cultivated in Hawaii ? 

Yes; it is considered by experts to be essentially the 
crop of the future, bidding fair to become as impor- 
tant a staple as sugar. It is estimated that, at the 
end of the fourth year, the return from a 75-acre 
coffee plantation will much more than pay running 
expenses, while, from that time on, a return of from 
S8,000 to $10,000 per annum may be realized. 

Of what extent are the coffee plantations ? 

The largest contain some 200,000 trees. The smallest 
occupy a few acres. 

Are there opportunities for further develop- 
ment of the coffee industry ? 

Yes; there are thousands of acres at present uncul- 
tivated, and only awaiting the enterprise of the peo- 
ple of the temperate zone to develop them. 

What kind of coffee is successfully grown on 
the Hawaiian islands ? 

Kona coffee, which is indigenous and is considered 

to be the finest coffee in the world. 

Is this plant extensively cultivated ? 

Not at present; the industry is in its infancy. 



CATECHISM. 155 



I 



Are cofFee planters able to cultivate other 
crops ? 

Yes; in the belt in which coffee grows many kinds of 
vegetables and fruits can be raised, including green COFFEE 
and sweet corn, Irish and sweet potatoes, cabbages, PLANTING 
tomatoes, beans, lettuce, radishes, strawberries, 
and raspberries. These products grow during the 
whole year. 

What other vegetables are cultivated by the 
Hawaiians ? 

Yams, bananas, and pumpkins. They also cultivate 
the Twa plant for their favorite intoxicating drink, 
and Taro, from which they make their favorite 
mushy dish called Poi. 

What vegetation is very plentiful in these dis- 
tricts ? VEGETABLES 

The coconut palm, pandanus, mango trees, bananas, 
and bamboo. 

In what manner has the land been improved 

by Hawaiians ? 

They have irrigated vast dry plains, leading the 
water from the mountains by canals, many of which 
are several kilometers in length. By this means 
they have made the land very fruitful. Artesian 
wells have also been introduced. 

Is Hawaiian soil especially good for fruit culti- 
vation ? 

Yes; bananas, limes, tamarinds, oranges, pineapples, 
gooseberries, peaches, and the guava, grow freely, 
and present an excellent field in the future for Amer- 
ican enterprise. 

Are olives cultivated in the archipelago ? 

An attempt has been made to introduce plantations 
in the island of Kauai. This is the first effort to cul- 
tivate the olive in Polynesia. 

Does the vegetation of the islands change at 

high elevations ? vegetation 

Yes; 1,000 feet above sea level a tropical type of ^"^ HIGH 
forest formation becomes apparent and develops as ALTITUDES 
the land rises. 

Of what nature is the flora of the islands ? 
Very rich. There are at least 900 kinds of pot plants, 
of which 155 are ferns. Three-fourths of these are 
indigenous. 



156 



HAWAII. 



TREES AND 
PLANTS 



FLORA OF 
KAUAI 



What forms of trees and plants grow in the 
various zones ? 

On the coasts, the bread-fruit tree abounds, also the 
mulberry tree, and many luxuriant grasses. In 
the interior, in addition to the odoriferous sandal 
wood, grows the kuhui, a tree from the fruit of 
which the natives extract a dye for tattooing them- 
selves. Ascending to the mountains, on the lower 
spurs are found thick groves of the koa or acacia, 
and, higher up, the tree-fern predominates in all its 
primeval glory. 

Are other variations found at higher alti- 
tudes ? 

Yes ; on the next higher ranges trees give place to 
shrubs which yield exquisite perfumes. At a greater 
height vegetation sprouts with more diflSculty upon 
calcined soil of lava, and here the somber foliage of 
the chia is alone to be seen. The last vestige of veg. 
etable life exhibits itself in the beautiful aloe called 
the "silver side," its leaves being covered with a fine 
metallic down, which shines resplendently when 
touched by the sun. 

Which of the islands possesses the richest 
flora? 

Kauai. 
Does the appearance of the foliage change 
with the seasons ? 

As an intertropical country, Hawaii has no seasons, 
the trees being always green, and the flowers always 
in bloom. 

Is sandalwood an article of commerce ? 

Yes; the natives traffic in it, principally with Can- 
ton. Forests of sandalwood grow on the declivities 
of the mountains. 

From what tree were native utensils formerly 

made ? 

The koa orkou. 



MINERALS 



miNERAIi KINGDOJTE. 

IFor details conceriiijig mineraU, including list of names, see 
textfolloioing this Catechism.'] 

Which are the principal minerals of the Ha- 
waiian group ? 

Salt, niter, sulphur, quartz, and pyi-ites. So far the 
islands have not revealed any great wealth of min- 
erals. 



CATECHISM. 



157 



I 



Are there any mineral springs ? 

In the island of Kauiaha there is a sulphur spring, the 
waters of which are found to be efficacious for rheu- 
matic affections. Thermal waters are not known to 
be abundant. 
What other minerals are known in the archi- 
pelago ? 

Sal-ammoniac, limonite, angite, chrysolite, garnet, 
labradorite, feldspar, gypsum, soda, alum, copperas, 
glauber salt, and calcite have been found. 

ANimAIi KINGDOM. 

[For details concerning animals, birds, insects, reptiles, etc., 
including lists of names, see text foUoioing this Catechism. ;\ 

What is the character of the fauna of the Ha- 
waiian islands ? 

It belongs to the Polynesian subregion, which is of 
Australian character, but American elements occur. 

Is cattle raising successful in the Hawaiian 
group ? 

Yes; horned cattle prosper well in the north of Ha- 
waii. 
What industry is largely confined to the 
island of Niihau ? 

Its entire surface is used for the raising of merino 

sheep. 
Is this a prosperous industry ? 

Yes; on one farm alone there are not less than 20,000 

sheep. 
How is the wool from these sheep utilized ? 

For the making of the finest worsteds. 

To what country and in what manner is most 
of this wool exported ? 

The largest quantities are sent to the United States, 
but owing to a scarcity of inland streams the wool 
can not be washed before shipment. It is therefore 
shipped in bulk, raw. 

Are land birds found in great variety ? 

There are eighteen kinds, of which sixteen are indig- 
enous. They include the splendid Nestarina, from 
the feathers of which the natives manufactured the 
royal robes of their kings. 

What industry promises to develop beyond 

ordinary limits ? 

The raising of ostriches. The ostrich farms already 
established have proved to be very successful. 



ANIMAL 
KINGDOM 



MERINO 
SHEEP 



OSTRICH 
RAISING 



158 



HAWAII. 



REPTILES 



Is the demand for pork large ? 

Yes; the Chinese population consume more than the 
islands produce, necessitating a large import. 

What is distinctive in the appearance of the 

Hawaiian dog ? 

The feet of this animal are short and crooked, the 
body much elongated, and the ears stiffly erect. 

Of reptiles, what specimens are represented ? 
The gecko, lizard, and tortoise. 

Are snakes and amphibious animals found in 

the archipelago ? 
No. 

FINANCE AND SHIPPING. 

IFor further details co7icerni7ig commerce in the Hawaiian 
iskmcls, see text and tables following this Catechistn.} 

What commercial resources do the Hawaiian 

Islands possess ? 

At present Hawaii has to import almost everything 
she uses, having been heretofore entirely taken up 
with the raising of sugar, the entire crop of which 
goes to the United States. The United States, in 
1896, took 99.64 per cent, of her exports, and sold her 
76.27 of all imports. The desire is that everything 
should come from the United States, and, it is be- 
lieved, that as one of the results of annexation over 
95 per cent, of all the imports will be the growth, 
product, or manufacture of the United States. 

In what relation does Hawaii stand between 
America and Asia ? 

No other point in the North Pacific has such a domi- 
nating relation as a place of call and depot of sup- 
plies for vessels. 

ISLANDS^ FOR ^^^^^ ^f the Hawaiian islands are best for 
INVESTORS ^"vestors and immigrants ? 

Hawaii, Maui, Oahu, and Kauai. On these islands 
coffee, fruits, potatoes, corn, and vegetables can be 
raised by small investors, and land can be obtained 
on reasonable terms. 
Is the consumption of liquor large ? 

Yes; there were withdrawn from bond during the 
first half of 1897 862,^43 gallons of all kinds of 
liquors, wines, and beers, or 3^ gallons for each 
man, woman, and child on the islands. Of Japanese 
sake, 151,732 gallons were withdrawn, this quantity 
equaling over 6 gallons for each Japanese man, 
woman, and child. Of Chinese sam shoo, 9,230 gal- 



COMMERCIAL 
REMARKS 



CATECHISM. 



159 



Ions were withdrawn, equalling S]4 pints per capita 

for the Chinese. The large withdrawal of sake was 

probably due to an increase in duty. 
What other liquors were most in demand 
during the first half of 1897 ? 

California wine, 83,031 gallons; gin, 7,067.37 gallons; 

whiskey, 5,992.45 gallons; beer, 47,385 gallons. 
What are the freight rates between Hawaii 
and San Francisco ? 

For steamers, $5.00 per ton and 5 per cent, primage; 

sailing vessels, $3.00 per ton and 5 per cent, primage. 
What are the freight rates to Atlantic ports ? 

From $5.00 to $7.00 per ton, with 5 per cent, primage. 
What is the duration of the voyage between 
Hawaii and New York ? 

From 89 to 134 days. 
Must commercial travelers have a license in 
the Hawaiian Islands ? 

Yes; on the island of Oahu (Honolulu) the amount to 

be paid is $570, and on each of the other islands 

$255. 

Are passports necessary when leaving the 
country ? 

Yes, if residence has been for more than thirty 
days. The fee for each passport is $1.00, and must 
be paid by all adults. 
Are passports granted without other restric- 
tions ? 

No; if the applicant is liable for debts or other 
money obligations, or is defendant in a suit, or 
subject of a writ, or object of a complaint as to 
proper care of wife and family, the collector of cus- 
toms is at liberty to refuse the privilege. 
What restrictions are there as to the landing 
of aliens ? 

The following classes are forbidden: Idiots, insane 
persons, paupers, vagabonds, criminals, fugitives 
from justice, sufferers from loathsome or dangerous 
contagious diseases, stoaways, vagrants, and per- 
sons possessed of less than $50 in money. Persons 
landing who can show a written contract of em- 
ployment with a reliable and responsible resident, 
are not required to possess $50 in money. 
What is the tax on passengers arriving ? 

One dollar for each passenger entering the islands. 
This amount is a port charge, and is paid to the col- 
lector of the port. The collector can not grant a 
clearance to any vessel until this tax is paid. 



LIQUOR 



LICENSES 

AND 

PASSPORTS 



ALIEN LAWS 



160 



HAWAII. 



RECEIPTS 

AND 
EXPENDI- 
TURES 



IMMIGRA- 
TION AND 
EMIGRA- 
TION 



PASSENGERS 



What were the total receipts of Hawaii dur- 
ing 1896? 

$2,383,070.78. 

What were the total expenditures of Hawaii 
during 1896? 
$2,137,103.38. 
What was the cash balance in the treasury at 
the end of 1896? 

$315,193.16. 

What was the public debt of Hawaii for 1896? 

$4,101,174.25. 

What internal taxes were levied in 1896 ? 

Real estate, $240,971; personal property, $210,194; 
poll tax, $46,665; horses, $7,698; mules, $1,837; dogs, 
$6,302, carriages, $5,889; seamen, $7,255; roads and 
carts, $90,297; school, $89,443; total, $706,541; tax per 
capita, $6,48. 

What is the comparison of immigration to 
that of emigration ? 

The number of immigrants to Hawaii in 1893, was 
5,672 (mostly Chinese and Japanese); number of Ha- 
waiian emigrants, 3,929. 

For w^hat maritime purpose are the islands 
conveniently situated ? 

They are a favorite stopping place for whalers; sev- 
enteen whaling vessels entered the Hawaiian harbors 
in 1892. 

How many vessels in 1898 sailed under the 
Hawaiian flag? 

Steamers, 27; ships, 3; barks, 8; schooners, 18; 
sloops, 2. The aggregate tonnage of these vessels 
was 30,382. 

Where were most of these vessels built ? 

Thirty-one were constructed in the United States. 

How many passengers arrived at Honolulu in 
1897, and whence did they come ? 

From San Francisco, 2,491; Oregon and Washing- 
ton, 11; China and Japan, 8,267; Australia and New 
Zealand, 151; British Columbia, 197; South Sea Is- 
lands, 30; other countries, 232. 

How many passengers left Honolulu in 1897, 
and for what destinations ? 

For San Francisco, 1,996; Oregon and Washington. 
17; China and Japan, 4,101; Australia and New Zea- 
land, 198; British Columbia, 188; other countries, 4. 



CATECHISM. 



161 



IMPORTS 



Through which ports are trade relations usu- 
ally carried on ? vessels 

Kailua, Hilo, Mahukona, Kawaihae, and Honolulu. 
How many vessels entered these ports in 
1893? 

315, with a tonnage of 323,685. 
How many of these were American vessels ? 

219. 

What percentage entered Honolulu ? 

95 per cent. 
What important steamers stop at Honolulu? 

The San Francisco, Auckland, and Sidney mail. 
Which are the principal imports from U. S. ? 

In value (1897), iron and steel, and manufactures of; 

wheat, bread, and biscuit; sugar, refined; cotton, 

manufactures of; boards, deal, etc.; leather, and 

manufactures of. 
What is the value of imports from U. S. ?* 

$5,464,208 (1896); average for 5 years, $4,496,273. 
What is the p. c. of exports to U. S. ? 

Of the total trade, 91 per cent. 
What are the principal exports ? 

Sugar, rice, bananas. 
What dutiable article is largely exported to 

U. S. ? EXPORTS 

Wool, unmanufactured. 
What important articles are sent to U. S. 
free of duty ? 

Sugar, rice, coffee, fruits, hides, and skins. 

What was the value of free exports to U. S. 
(1897) ? 

$13,663,012. 

What was the value of dutiable exports to 
U.S. (1897)? 

$13,687,799. 

* Taken from reports of Collectors of Customs of the 
Hawaiian Islands ; for U. S. Report see page 167. 



»■ 

\ 



162 



HAWAII. 



ISLANDS 



MOUNTAINS 



RIVERS 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

Islands:— These, forming an archipelago, grouped in 
a lineal curve, and convex toward the north-northeast, 
arc the following, from northwest to southeast: 

Nihau, with the islets of Lehua, or Orihua; Kaula, or 
Tahura; Kauai, or Atowi; Oahu, Molokai, or Morotai; 
Sanai, or Ranai; Maui, Molokini, or Morotime; Kahu- 
lani, or Tahurema; Hawaii. 

Honolulu, in the island of Oahu, is the capital. 

Capes:— On the north. Cape North, in the island of 
Kauai ; on the south, Cape Kalae, in the island of Ha- 
waii; on the east. Cape Kopoko, in the island of Hawaii; 
on the west, the point of Kaoula. 

Straits:— The large strait Alenouihaha separates Ha- 
waii from Maui. Its form is irregular. 

Bays:— Ouakiki, and of Saint George, on the south of 
Oahu, and the bay of Kaou6hoe, on the northeast, are 
insecure, and, altho of great depth, they only shelter 
small embarcations. The bays of Ouaimea, on the south, 
and that of Hanalei, on the south of the islands of Kauai, 
and Wiatka are the only enclosed waters of importance. 

Ports:— Lahaina, in the northeast of Maui; Hilo, in 
Hawaii, the best harbor in the island; the isthmus of 
Ouaikapou is unsafe, it being constantly agitated by the 
northeast wind. 

Mountains:— These are mostly elevations of lava, sur- 
mounted in Hawaii, by the culminating crests Mauna 
Loa, Mauna Kea, and the volcano Mauna Verrorary. The 
east of Maui is a mountainous region, its culminating 
point being Mauna Eoka. In the island of Molokai, is 
the mountain Olokoui. The natives call Molokai the 
"Land of Precipices." In the island of Oahu are the 
two mighty chains, traversing in parallel direction from 
W. N. W. to E. S. E. The former is called Kaala and 
Ouaianae. The second chain, Konahouanoui, is longer, 
but less elevated. The whole of the mountain ranges of 
the island are volcanic. 

Rivers:— The Kanaha, in the island of Oahu, is the 
most important stream of the archipelago. The north- 
eastern slope of Mauna Kea (white mountain) gives 
birth to a multitude of water-courses which precipitate 
themselves in cascades from the ledge of the table land, 
and form, in their lower course, picturesque valleys. 
The Hawaiian islands contain few running streams; but 
the island of Kauai has some small navigable rivers. 
The course of the river Ouailoukou ends in the road- 
stead of Hilo. The Weiraka falls into the bay of Wiatka. 

Valleys:— The valley of Nououanou, in the neighbor- 
hood of Honolulu is one of the most beautiful regions 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 



163 



of the archipelago. In the island of Molokai, is the noted 
valley of Halaoua, The two valleys of Ouaimea and 
t Hanalei, are the most fertile in the archipelago, and are 
resplendant in natural beauty and picturesque views. 



PROVINCES AND CITIES. 

Provinces and their Capitals:— Hawaii, Hilo (resi- 
dence of governor); Oahu, Honolulu (capital of whole 
archipelago); Maui, Lahaina; Molokai, village of Kalou- 
aha; Kauai, Waimea; Lanai, village of Lanai; Kahulawi, 
fishing village only (no name); Niikau, chief village Ka- 
oula. 

Cities:— The capital of Hawaii is Hilo, a struggling 
town half hidden in sugar-cane and other vegetation, at 
the mouth of the Wailuku, in the bay of Hilo. It is the 
residence of the governor, and contains a custom house 
and court house. The population is 6,000, mostly for- 
eigners. There are several churches and schools at Hilo. 

In its suburbs there is very extensive sugar-cane cul- 
tivation, and 3 kilometers from the town the famous 
rain-bow water-falls, 85 m. in length, are situated. 

Honolulu (Oahu):— The protecting coral reefs make 
Honolulu an admirable harbor. It is the seat of the 
government. The streets are broad and dusty, being 
paved with lava and coral stones. The thoroughfares 
are lined with mango trees, acacias, mimosas, and palms. 
There are several churches, including one for natives 
and one for Chinese Christians. The city also contains a 
royal palace, finished in 1882, with a beautiful garden; a 
large parliament building, which contains the bureaus of 
the government; museum and library (in front of which 
a statue of Kamehameha I.), custom-house, bank, hos- 
pital, several large schools, an insane asylum, house of 
refuge, orphan home, an American mission seminary, 
Y. M. C. A. Institute, Masonic Temple, Odd Fellows' 
Hall, a German club, an English club, and a theater. 

Honolulu enjoys many modern facilities, including a 
telephone system, cabs, fire-engines, and other municipal 
conveniences. 



VEGETABLE, MINERAL, AND ANIMAL 
KINGDOMS. 

VEGETABLE KINGDOM— HAWAII. 
Agricultural. 
Sweet potatoes. Squash, pumpkins. 

The bottle-gourd. Sugar-cane. 

Manioc. Yam. 

Arum (edible root). Asiatic vine. 

Bermuda grass. Castor-oil plant. 



VALLEYS 



PROVINCES 



HONOLULU 



VEGETABLES 



164 



HAWAII. 



TREES 



FLOWERS 



ANIMALS 



FISH 



Trees. 

A kind of acacia. 
Bread-fruit tree. 
Hibiscus, or okra. 
Mimosas. 
Fruits. 

Strawberries. 
Coco plum. 
Mulberries. 
Native apple. 
Tamarind. 
Flowers. 

Night-blooming cereus. 
Moonflower. 
Nasturtiums. 
Tea roses. 



The olive tree. 

Carob tree. 

Tree-ferns. 

The mulberry tree. 

Citrons. 

Raspberries. 

Lemons. 

Oranges. 

Shaddocks. 

The oleander. 
Carnations. 
Various kinds of lilies. 
The Passion-flower. 

The ti (native), emblem of The stephanotis. 
peace. Violets. 

MINERALS— HAWAII. 
The few that merit especial mention are:— 
Niter. Sulphur. 

Quartz. Pyrites. 

Mineral waters. 
MAMMIFEROUS ANIMALS-HAWAII. 
Asses. Horses. 

Goats. Pigs, hogs, all swine. 

Cattle of all kinds. Mules. 

Dogs (1 kind indigenous). Rats in abundance. 

Sheep and other animals yielding wool. 
BIRDS— HAWAII. 
Mallard duck. Crows. 

Geese. Blue-eyed herons. 

Sparrows. A kind of humming bird, 

Doves. from the feathers of 

which the natives make 
the mantles of their 
chiefs (4 species). 

HAWAII. 

Numerous ants. 
The Japanese beetle (very 
destructive). 



Gray sand-piper. 

Partridges. 

The landrail. 

Gray thrush (one species). 

INSECTS- 
Scorpions, large and small. 
Centepedes. 
The common beetle. 



Mosquitoes (a pest). 
FISH— HAWAII. 
Eels. Dolphins. 

Sea slug or tripany. The skate. 

Mother of pearl. Oysters. 

Sharks, and numerous fish bearing native names only, 
such as: Corbina, Hito, Bia, Manjuaries, etc., etc. 



COMMERCE. 



165 



K ^ 
t^ 05- 

O 03 

OS 2 

Eh >4 oj 

Q td o 
E-t 2 

« ^ a 

1^-° 

g g§ I 

^ g| 1 

O e^ Pi -2 

8 |gi 

1§ - 
>g I 

w a 



g ^ 



S8 



O 









C(3 ^*'« w< ^•' ^•■<. »^ ^■•- >"- "— ; ■-■- -^ '. 



O cfi-r-n-eo 



Ss! 



I T-l T*! m t- C 

ilO CO -^^ Oi c 
■ ■) o «3^ 



:^^\ 



q CO :^ ^ 



o a 
OS 



SSSS^SS? 



l^ Tjt (M C« O 

O -1-1 05^'^ 

eoeo 



)-^ COl 
jOCOi 

t^ -f th i-H ^ ■>* eo o'! iS 









QOS0 050 

C< CO ^_ i> 

■r-i OJ 00 CO* 

T*iQoeoo5 
eoiocOrH 



It 



S 



^S 



voc<3eoeoc3< 



^05^r-iTH 



8 ^SeoeoSc5Qcoo»nc 



(,-lr-l i-l(M 



(NOiOCO 
CO ■<# <H_ CO 

lO 05 go ocj 

i-HOS OCD 
C3_NCO^CO^ 

inwineo 



OQOOtjJ 



2 :§ 



g : : 



CO' CO J> 00 

o 

ei" 



M M fl 






a 

•2 -S O) ^- -5 ft 2 9 03 <« -^ 



<=> -: «3 5 



166 



HAWAII. 



EXPORTS TO UNITED STATES. 




Articles. 


QUANTITIES. 


VALUES. 


1896 


1897 


1896 


1897 


FREE OF DUTY. 

Articles, the produce or 
msnuf of U S returned . 






Dollars. 

42,064 
25,063 
76,124 

65,104 
9,625 

163,571 

11,336,796 

1,902 

16,238 

6,856 


Dollars. 

28,137 
68,441 
64,871 


Coflfee.. lbs. 

Fruits including nuts 


131,343 


376,484 


Hides and skins other than 
fur skins lbs. 

Household and personal 
effects, etc., of persons 
from foreifirn countries. . 


1,064,686 


1,122,290 


71,750 
9,600 

231,511 

13,164,379 

1,529 

17,866 

5,928 


Articles admitted free un- 
der reciprocity treaty 
with Hawaiian Islands: 

Rice lbs. 

Sugar, brown lbs. 

Molasses. galls. 

Wool, unmanuf'd..lbs. 
All other free articles 


4,354,500 

352,175,209 

33,705 

211,617 


5,881,600 

431,196,980 

26,860 

229,877 










Total free of duty 






11,743.343 


13,663,012 


DUTIABLE. 

Fruits, inclu. nuts, n. e. s.. 
Sugar, above No. 16 D.S. lbs. 




20,136 


8,776 


14,626 
705 


All other dutiable articles. 




5,585 


9,456 










Total dutiable 






14,361 


24,787 


Total imports of mdse.. . 






11,757,704 


13,687,799 


Imports of Gold 










" Silver 





















IMPORTS FROM UNITED STATES. 



Articles. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


1896 


1897 


1896 


1897 


DOMESTIC MERCHANDISE. 

Animals 






Dollars. 
45,647 

25,746 

117,996 
33,593 
22,388 
9,086 
206,101 
129,006 

26,063 


Dollars. 

108,557 


Books, pamphlets, maps. 






25,990 


Bread and breadstuff s: 

Barley bush. 

Bread and biscuit. . . .lbs. 

Oats bush. 

Wheat bush. 

Wheat flour bbls. 

All other 


331,284 

746,530 

73,637 

18,920 

62,112 


449,666 

772,876 

104,037 

13,163 

55,554 


169,686 
34,999 
39,166 
10,716 
232,800 
136,299 


Carriages, street cars, and 






a69,465 











COMMERCE. 



167 



IMPORTS— Continued. 



Articles. 



DOMESTIC MERCHANDISE. 

Chemicals, drugs, dyes, etc. 
yCotton, manufactures of. . 

Fertilizers tons. 

Fish 

Flax, hemp, etc., manuf. of. 

Fruits, including nuts 

Glass, and glassware 

Gunpowder and explosives. 

Hay tons. 

India rubber, manuf 's of.. 
Iron and steel, and manu- 
factures of 

Jewelry and manufactures 

of gold and silver 

Leather, and manuf 's of: 

Boots and shoes. . .pairs. 

All other 

Lime and cement bbls. 

Malt liquo-S 

Oils:— Mineral galls. 

All other 

Paints and painters' colors . 

Paper, and manuf 's of 

Provisions, comprising 

meats and dairy prod's: 

Bacon and hams lbs. 

Beef, canned lbs . 

Butter and cheese 

Lard lbs. 

Pork lbs. 

All other 

Spirits distilled : 

Whiskey galls. 

Sugar, refined lbs . 

Tobacco, manufactures of. 

Vegetables 

Wine galls. 

Wood, and manuf act's of: 

Boards, deals, planks, 

joists, scantling. .M feet. 

Shingles M. 

Household furniture 

All other 

Wool, manufactures of — 
All other articles 



Total domestic mdse. 
Total foreign mdse. 



Total exports of mdse. 



il Exports of Gold.. 
r " Silver. 



Quantities. 



6,027 



53,050 



19,413 
669,309' 



246,362 
250,020 



342,790 
25,912 



12,792 
822,378 



160,297 



21,441 
13,520 



1897 



10,2 



6,931 



61,409 



526,825 
" 456,654 



198,771 
249,060 



318,470 
29,025 



20,132 
755,164 



165,666 



24,400 
13,836 



Values. 



Dollars. 

124,278 
301,256 
254,325 
95,171 
31,844 
88,916 
19,347 
19,452 
66,833 
23,780 

726,942 

6,620 

107,076 
68,951 
17,923 
51,387 
92,397 
4,859 
34,700 
36,537 



31,458 
35,808 
34,004 
26,803 
1,978 
25,525 

21,399 
37,440 
174,100 
27,188 
72,668 



210,934 
17,027 
66,022 
72,565 
51,614 

283,435 



3,928,187 
57,520 



3,985,707 



710,190 
17,500 



1897 



Dollars. 

103,563 

365,715 

311,298 

124,991 

86,967 

45,339 

23,654 

19,514 

74,525 

30,382 

823,056 

4,710 

122,512 
83,943 
632,420 
70,749 
71,773 
5,333 
44,263 



26,313 
36,688 
33,881 
32,353 



31,422 
34,140 
171,315 
31,183 
71,511 



238,784 
17,553 
96,573 
92,419 
56,543 

330,678 



4,622,581 
67,494 



4,690,075 



975,088 
116,100 



a Includes cycles and parts of. 



b Lime only. 



168 



HAWAII. 



TOTAL VALUE OF IMPORTS INTO AND EXPORTS (EX- 
CLUSIVE OF GOLD AND SILVER) FROM THE 
UNITED STATES. 



Year Ending — 


Imports. 


Exports. 


Free. 


Dutiable. 


Domestic. 


Foreign. 


June 30— 

1880 


Dollars. 

4,565,918 

5,517,737 

7,621,690 

8,195,937 

7,900,000 

8,817,067 

9,741,924 

9,892,889 

11,050,038 

12,832,910 

12,309,758 

13.865,648 

8;062,076 

9,087,856 

9,969,981 

7,870,304 

11,743,343 

13,663,012 


Dollars. 

40,526 
15,263 
24,604 
42,524 
29;965 
40,430 
63,783 
29,186 
10,341 
14,830 
4,150 
29,949 
13,806 
58,911 
95,336 
18,657 
14,361 
24,787 


Dollars. 

1,985,506 
2,694,583 
3,272,172 
3,683,460 
3,446,024 
2,709,573 
3,11.5,899 
3,520,593 
3,025,898 
3,336,040 
4,606,900 
4,935,911 
3,662,018 
2,717,338 
3,217,713 
3,648,472 
3,928,187 
4,622,581 


Dollars. 

100,664 
83 489 


1881 


1882 

1883 

1884 


78,603 
92,605 
77,329 
78 349 


1885 


1886 


76,799 


1887 


101,436 
59,305 
39,621 


1888 

1889 


1890 


104,517 
171,301 
119,610 
110,325 

88,474 
74,585 
57,520 


1891 


1892 


1893 


1894 

1895 


1896 


1897 


67,494 







TRANSPORTATION NOTES. 

RAILROAD TRANSPORTATION AND FARES FROM 
NEW YORK TO EMBARKING POINTS. 

New York via Denver to San Francisco, by the Lehigh Valley or 
Baltimore and Ohio Railroad; first class, $78.75. 

New York via Denver to San Francisco, via Pennsylvania or New 
York Central; first class, $81.75; second class, $69.75. 

New York to Seattle, by either of the same lines; first class, $81.50; 
second class, $69.75. 

The fares from New York to Tacoma are the same as to Seattle. 

New York via St. Paul to Vancouver, by the New York Central; 
first class, $81.50; second class, $69.75. 

New York via Montreal to Vancouver, by the Canadian Pacific; 
first class, $68.75; second class, $62.75. 

STEAMERS. 

Occidental and Oriental and Pacific mail steamers leave San 
Francisco weekly for Honolulu; fare, $100.00; time occupied, six to 
seven days. 

"Oceanic " steamers leave San Francisco for Honolulu at irregular 
periods; fare, $75.00; steerage, $25.00. 

Japan-America Line steamers leave Seattle monthly for Hono- 
lulu; fare to Honolulu, first class, $75.00; second class, $50.00; third 
class, $21.00. 



TRANSPORTATION NOTES. 169 



Canadian Australian steamers leave Vancouver 
monthly for Honolulu; fare, $75.00. 

The Sidney mail line touches at Honolulu, also the 
mail steamships from San Francisco to Auckland. STEAMERS 

A number of fine sailing vessels make regular trips 
between Port Townsend and San Francisco, and Hono- 
lulu, with limited passenger accommodations. Rate, 
$40.00 for cabin passage. 

RAILROADS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 

There are three railroads on the islands. The Kahului 
Railroad, on the island of Maui; the Hawaiian Railroad, 
on the island of Hawaii. These two roads are used ISLAND 
principally to carry the products of the plantations to RAILROADS 
the various points of shipment. The principal road on 
these islands is the Oahu Railway and Land Company 
line, which runs from Honolulu to Waianae. 

MILEAGE. 

Postal routes— New York to San Francisco, 8,250 miles; 
New York to Honolulu, 5,645 miles. 

Distance by rail— New York to San Francisco, 3,634 
miles. 

Distance, Vancouver to Honolulu, 2,410 miles. mileage 

Distance, San Francisco to Honolulu, 2,080 miles. 

Railroads on the island of Hawaii, 24.8 miles; on the 
island of Oahu, 24.2 miles; on the island of Maui, 6,8 
miles. 

Telegraph lines— Hawaiian islands, 248.4 miles. 

Telephone lines— Hawaiian islands, 190 miles. 



TTEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

The weights and measures of Hawaii correspond with 
those of the United States. 

CURRENCY. 

American gold, silver, and paper is used throughout; WEIGHTS 
jf ten the natives divide the dollar into 8 reales, instead AND 

)f 100 cents. The gold is all of American mintage. MEASURES 

Payments over $10 have to be made in American gold. 
!3opper coins (one cent pieces), are of the year 1847. 
lawaiian money is paper, very little of which is seen in 
'.irculation, and silver. The paper money is covered by 
ilver held in reserve. The banks keep two accounts 
irith their depositors, silver and gold. 



170 HA WAIL 



AUTHORITIES. 

Viv. de Saint Martin : "La Nouvelle Geographte Uni 
verselle." 1892. Translated from the French, 

" Eneiclopedico Hispano-Americano." 1893. Trans 
lated from the Spanish. 

La Rousse: "Dictionaire." Translated from th' 
French. 

Meyer's " Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1898. Trans 
lated from the German. 
AUTHORITIES Brockhaus' "Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 189'! 
Translated from the German. 

Hiibner's " Geographisch statistische Tabellen;" 189c 
Translated from the German. 

" Encyclopaedia Britannica." Ninth edition. 

" Standard Dictionary." Last edition. 

" Statesman's Year Book." 1898, 

"Hawaii," Bureau of American RepubUcs. August 
1897. 

"Hawaii and a Revolution." Mary H. Krout. 1896 

" Diccionario Serrano." Translated from the Spanish 



HISTORICAL. 



171 



SECTION V. 

MARIANA ISLANDS OR THE 
LADRONES. 



HISTORIC A li. 

The Marianas were discovered by Fernando Magel- 
lanes (Magellan), on the 6th of March, 1521. This was 
the first archipelago of Oceanica seen by Europeans. 
Magellanes sailed between the islands called Guam and 
Zarpana, now known as Guajan and Rota. He at first 
gave the chain of the islands the name of Velas Latinas 
(Lateen sails), on account of their triangular form, and 
the picturesque appearance they presented when seen 
from a distance, as of white sails lying prone on the 
waves. 

The discoverer's experience of the dexterity of the 
natives in appropriating whatever came within their 
reach, caused him subsequently to substitute the 
appellation Ladrones (thieves) to these islands. 

The 23d of January, 1565, witnessed the arrival of the 
squadron of Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi at the 
Ladrones or Chamarros, a name signifying "friend," 
which the natives had retained. , He took possession in 
the name of Spain. 

In 1668 the islanders were converted to Christianity, 
when Queen Mariana, wife of Philip IV., in whose 
honor the islands had been renamed, despatched mis- 
sionaries with a sum of money to be expended in found- 
ing a school for the education of the Indians. She 
contributed also 24,000 pesos for the defense and cultiva- 
tion of the islands. From that time commerce was 
permanently maintained between Manila and New Spain, 
and by the desire of Queen Mariana these islands were 
used as a victualing station between Manila and 
Acapulco (Mexico). 

The years between 1668 to 1699 are mostly notable for 
the advance of Christianity in the whole archipelago. 
The renowned Diego Luis de Sanvitores, a scion of a 
noble house of old Castile, gave up his brilliant prospects 
at court to enter the Jesuit order and become the 
"Apostle of Marianas." He founded many churches 
and three seminaries, and established the Catholic faith 
in thirteen islands. He was killed in 1672. A monument 
to his memory still exists at Agana. 



DISCOVERY 



ORIGIN OP 
NAME 



CHRISTI- 
ANITY 
ACKNOWL- 
EDGED 



172 



MARIANA ISLANDS. 



PIRACY AND 
REBELLION 



STORM 
VISITATION 



THE FLYING 
PROA 



On the 18th of June, 1678, Vargas, the newly appointed 
governor of the Philippines, whilst traveling to his 
post, landed on the Marianas, and left there a few troops 
for their defense. Some time previously, insurrections 
had broken out, and brutal massacres, committed both on 
Spaniards and natives, by the Indians of the northern 
coasts, had taken place. The rebels were, for a while, 
subdued; but in 1690, insurrection, piracy, and murder 
were so prevalent, and the means of defense propor- 
tionately inadequate that the colony was nearly lost to 
Spain. 

This blow was mainly averted through the tact of the 
acting governor, Quiroga. 

During a brief interval of peace the Marianas were 
visited by a terrific hurricane. It began on the night of 
Nov. 26, 1693, by an impetuous wind, accompanied by 
thunder and lightning, together with a fall of water so 
prodigious that it resembled a deluge. The wind passed 
from north to south, and the sea uprose in such a man- 
ner that it was feared the island of Guajan would be 
engulfed. The waves rose mountain high, and, break- 
ing their limits, spread over the islands, sweeping away 
trees, houses^ and whole villages. Ev^en the fort of 
Agana could not i-esist the shock of these volumes of 
water ; it was overthrown and buried in the boiling 
surf. The sacrifice of human life was enormous ; the 
destruction general, yet the neighboring islands escaped 
with comparatively little damage. The worst horrors of 
this great tempest had fallen upon the island of Guajan 
(or Guam) alone. 

The appearance of the flying proas in the vicinity of 
the Marianas- filled the early voyager with consterna- 
tion. A recent writer declares that they would do credit 
to any civilized nation. These boats always sail with the 
same side to the wind, and a long outrigger on the wind- 
ward side is so contrived as to prevent the possibility of 
capsizing. 

Van Noort, the first Dutch circumnavigator, says that 
"some two hundred of these proas and their rowers 
would come to trade, calling ' hiero,' that is ' iron,' run- 
ning, in their eagerness, their proas upon the ships." 
Van Noort also reports that these natives were hospit- 
able, coming miles to meet him with all sorts of refresh- 
ments in exchange for iron. 

The history of these islands during the past three 
hundred years is little else than that of a chain of 
administrators, appointed by the governor-general of 
the Philippine Islands. General ]\Iarina, the last 
governor, was, with his secretary and others, taken 



CATECHISM. 



173 



prisoner by the commander of the cruiser Charlestdn, 
June 24, 1898, when the United States took possession. 

By the terms of the treaty of peace, signed at Paris 
on December 10, 1898, Guam was ceded to the United 
States. 



AMERICAN 
OCCUPA- 
TION 



CATECHISM. 

GEOGRAPHICAL. 

\_For supplementary geographical data, see text following this 
Catechism.'] 

Where are the Marianas or Ladrone Islands ? 

They constitute an archipelago of the Pacific ocean, 

situated in the northwest. 
By whom were the islands named Ladrones, 
and why ? 

They were so named by Magellan, who discovered 

them, on account of the propensity of the natives 

for thieving. 
When were these islands first known as the 
Marianas ? 

In 1668, when they were annexed to Spain. 
In whose honor where they so named ? 

In honor of Mariana of Austria, the wife of King 

Philip IV. of Spain. 
What is the position of the islands with refer- 
ence to the Philippines ? 

They are situated to the east of them. They are to 

the southeast of the Japanese archipelago, and to 

the northwest of the Carolina Islands, between 13° 

and 21° north latitude, and 144° to 146° east longitude. 
What islands form the Marianas ? 

Guam, Rota, Tinian, Aguijan, Saypan, Tarallon de 

Medinilla, Anatajan, Sarigan, Guguan, Almagan, 

Paragan, Agrigan, and three others. 
Are all of the islands inhabited ? 

No, only the first five. 
Of what description are the other islands ? 

They are small, and of volcanic origin, as are the 

others, but their surface presents active and extinct 

craters. 
What is the nature of the surface on the 
inhabited islands ? 

Partly mountainous. 

What is the aggregate area of these islands ? 

420 square miles. 



LOCATION 



ISLANDS 



TINIAN 
ISLAND 



174 



MARIANA ISLANDS. 



What is the area of Guam ? 

Its estimated length from southwest to northeast is 
27 miles; breadth, from 3 to 10 miles; area, 198 square 
miles; circumference, 100 miles. 

What is the extreme point of the island of 
Tinian, and what peculiarity does this island 
exhibit ? 

Cape Lago is the extreme point, and the island is 
remarkable for being entirely void of rivers and 
streams. It is watered by small lakes called ' ' jogois. ' ' 
These lakes are full throughout the year. 



CLIMATE 



EARTH- 
QUAKES AND 
HURRICANES 



What is the nature of the climate in the 
Marianas ? 

Balmy, and cooler than that of the Philippines 
as a whole, but very warm during August and 
September. 

How are the seasons in the Marianas divided ? 

There are two distinct seasons, the wet and the dry. 
The dry season occupies the interval between Octo- 
ber and May; the wet season continues the other 
four months. 

How do the winds influence the climate ? 

They cause the distinction of the seasons. The trade- 
wind from the northeast is the predominant breeze 
of the dry season; but during the rainy season it is 
entirely overcome by the winds from northwest and 
southwest. The southwest wind increases in velocity 
as it advances toward the straits which separate 
the Marianas from the Philippines. 

What can be said of earthquakes and hurri- 
canes ? 

Slight shocks are frequent in Guam. The inhabi- 
tants entertain greater dread of the hurricanes, 
which occur frequently, especially in the middle of 
September and November. 

Is the climate of Tinian island considered 
healthy ? 

No; it is unwholesome, 
established there. 



A leper hospital has been 



HARBORS. 

What harbors are found at Guam P 

Caldera de Apra, the bay of Umatak, and the har- 
bors of Agaiia and Tepuugan. 



CATECHISM. 175 



BAYS 



i 



Are there any bays in the archipelago ? 

Yes ; the principal ones are the bay Magician on the 
southeast of the island of Saypan, and the port of 
Tanapac, on the west side. The former is a wide 
roadstead, and the latter is the best port after that 
of Caldera de Apra. 

POPUL.ATION. 

What is the population of the Marianas ? 
According to census (1887), 10,170. 

What is the character of the population ? 

It consists largely of natives, called Indies Chamor- 
ros, who have a strong resemblance in form and 
feature to the Tagals and Visayas. There are also a 
number of immigrants from the Caroline Islands. 

What are the characteristics of these people ? 

The natives are sluggardly and degenerating; those NATIVE 
who have immigrated from the Carolines are strong, CHARACTER 
healthy, and industrious. These latter reside chiefly 
on Saypan island. 

Is the population equally distributed ? 

No; the distribution is variable, the greatest being 
concentrated on Guam on the south. 

What is the population of Guam ? 

According to the census of 1887, the population num- 
bered 8,561. 

Where is the remainder of the population 

chiefly distributed ? 

Principally among ten villages, which are all that 
remain of the 180 towns which existed in 1668. 

Have efforts to Christianize the natives pro- 
duced any unexpected results ? 

As in Hawaii, the inhabitants have been more apt in 
learning and adopting the vices than the virtues of 
their Christian exemplars. The original native 
simplicity has given place, in many instances, to 
licentiousness and degraded habits. 
CITIES. 

IFor supplementary data concerning villages in the Marianas, 
see Geographical Notes following this Catechism,] 

What is the capital of the Marianas ? 

San Ignacio de Agafia. 
How is Agana situated ? 

On a beautiful plain on Guam island, surrounded by 
forests of palms. Agana is strongly fortified. It 
contains several beautiful churches and three con- 
vents, and was formerly the seat of the Spanish gov- 
ernor. Its population is estimated to be 4,000. 



HABITS 



170 MARIANA ISLANDS. 



What other towns are there in the Marianas ? 

Urak, the most northerly of the group ; Tinian 
containing many ruined old temples, andSaypan, 
TOWNS AND renowned for its pearl fishei*ies, 

VILLAGES How are the sites of the abandoned villages 
now occupied ? 

By jungle, ruined forests, and tracts of marshy 
plains. 

VEGETABIiE KINGDOM. 

[For supplemetitarj/ data, including lists of vegetables, fruits, 

flowers, trees, etc. , with Spanish equivalents, see 

text following this Catechism.1 

What is the nature of the soil in the Marianas ? 

Usually, it is fertile and well drained. 

What is cultivated on these islands ? 

Rice, maize, cotton, indigo, sugar, cocoa, and tobacco. 

Is the island of Guam fertile ? 
VEGETABLE Yes; but much remains uncultivated. 

PRODUCTS What are the characteristics of the flora in 

the Marianas ? 

It is similar to that of the Asiatic archipelago. The 
alimentary plants are the same as those found in 
every part of Oceanica. 

What trees are peculiar to the Marianas ? 
The ifilf , yielding a wood of remarkable toughness, 
which is entirely employed for building purposes, 
and the Rima, or Lemay, a large fig-tree. The wood 
of this tree is used for building canoes, and the fruit, 
which is about the size of a melon, is healthy and 
palatable. 

Have any trees been imported into the 

Marianas ? 
TREES Yes; a kind of m.anioc, called Mendioca, also the 

Cacahuate, or Mani, from which a rich oil is 
extracted. 

miNERAIi KINGDOM. 

[For note concerning minerals, see text following this 
Catechism. 1 

ANIMAIi KINGDOM. 

[For details concerning animals, birds, insects, reptiles, etc., 

including list of names with Spanish equivalents, see 

text following this Catechism.'] 

What species are represented in the fauna of 
the Marianas ? 

Only the rat and bat in the land fauna; among rep- 



^ 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 177 

tiles, the Indian crocodile, turtle, and poisonous sea • 
snakes. Trepang fish are plentiful. 

What European animals have been success- 
fully imported and raised ? animals 

Horses, sheep, pigs, deer, asses, and fowl. 

SHIPPING. 

Are there any obstacles to navigation near 
the Marianas ? 

There are many coral reefs which aid in forming 
good harbors, with the exception of those on the 
north of Guam, which obstruct all navigation. 

TRANSPORTATION. 

What can be said of the interior roads of 
communication on Guam ? 

For the accommodation of the people in the interior 
a highway has been constructed of saplings. This, 
starting from Agana, passes the banks of Amgua and 
Asan as far as Tepuguan and reaches the Pantalan 
of Point Pite, the landing place of the port of Apra. 
There are nine bridges in good repair. HIGHWAYS 

Is this the only highway communication ? and roads 

No. There is another from Tepugnan to Agat, the 
third part of which terminates in a marsh, which 
absorbs the waters caused by inundations. This 
marsh is crossed by sixteen bridges, all in bad re- 
pair, owing to lack of funds. A third road exists be- 
tween Umatak and Marizo. It is a craggy path, 
and from Marizo to Inarajan, it degenerates into a 
rugged trench, through which native small carts are 
dragged. 



GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

The islands at present capable of colonization are 
Guam, Rota, Tinian, Aguijan, and Saypan. 

The remainder of the group are mostly volcanic and 
rocky, and on some of them subsistence is impossible 
owing to the lack of water. 

The island of Rota is remarkable for being almost 
surrounded by coral reefs of immense height. This ISLANDS 
island has but one village, Sosanhaya, called by courtesy 
its capital. 

The northern group of islands, called Gani by ancient 
inhabitants, are more sterile and rocky than the 
southern group. The number of islands in this group 
has been estimated at sixteen. They, too, are volcanic 



178 



MARIANA ISLANDS. 



PORTS 



and rocky, with the exception of the shores of the island 
of Grigan, which are more verdant, und form a refuge 
for animals formerly introduced by the Spaniards. 

Ports:— The capacious port of Apra on the west side 
of Guam, and the small ports of Agafia and Tepungan. 
On the south is the bay of Umata. This and Apra are 
the only large and reliable ports of Guam. There are 
others fit only for canoes and small coasting vessels. 

MotJXTAiNs:— Most of the mountains in the Marianas 
are small elevations of conical form, separated by 
narrow valleys. On Guam, however, the Ilicho reaches 
a height of 1650 feet. The Vigie or Oumatak, and Jinkian, 
or Jenjo, ai*e also prominent. 

On the north, the magnificent peak of Santa Rosa, and 
on the west the Mount Jiniquio are acclivities of con- 
siderable dimensions. 



AGRICUL- 
TURAL 
PRODUCTS 



FREES AND 
WOODS 



VEGETABLE, MINERAL, AND ANIMAL 
KINGDOMS. 

Spanish naines icith English equivalents. 

VEGETABLE KINGDOM-MARIANAS OR 
LADRONES. 
Agricultural. 

Calabazas Pumpkins. 

Caria de Azucar Sugar-cane. 

Concombres Cucumbers. 

Melones Melons. 

Pepinos (Introducidos por los A kind of small cucumber, 
Espailoles) y otros approx- (Introduced by the Span- 
imados al reino vegetal de iards) and others very 
a las Filipinas, pero menos similar to the vegetable 
abundantes. kingdom of the Philip- 

pines, but less abundant. 

Trees and Woods. 
Merecen noticia: Deserve notice: 

El arbol ifilf da una madera The tree called ifilf (a 
de gran dureza. kind of yew), which 

yields wood of great 
solidity. 
El rima, cuya madera se era- The rim a, a kind of huge 
plea para canoas. fig-tree ; the wood is 

used for constructing 
canoes. 
El cocotero (muy abundante) The coco-tree (very abun- 
dant). 
El mango The mango-tree. 



VEGETABLES, MINERALS, ANIMALS. 179 



El molave, da una maclera The molave-tree, which 
muy amarga y incorrupt- yields a very bitter and 
ible. incorruptable wood. 

El yergo (escaso) The dwarf elder- tree 

(scarce). 

Fruits. 

El lemay A very large fig, 

Mangas Mangoes. FRUITS 

Naranjas Oranges. 

El pequenO limon de China. . . The small China lemon. 

Flora. 

La flora des las Marianas se The flora of the Marianas 

aproxima a la de las Filipi- is very similar to that 

nas; raerecen noticia: of the Philippines; the 

following are peculiar 

to the island: 

Varias Orquideas, abund- Various orchids, abund- 

antes y magnificas. ant and magnificent. 

Algunos Helechos Some kinds of ferns. 

MINERALS.— MARIANAS OR LADRONES. 
En minerales no hay anteced- In minerals there is no 
entes que exista ninguno. sign that any exist here. MINERALS 
(Guia official de Filipinas.) (The official guide to the 
Philippines.) 

ANIMALS-MARIANAS OR LADRONES. 

Cabras (escasos) Goats (rare). 

Carabaos, salvajes y mansos. Buffalo, wild and tame. 
El Cimarron Wild dog of the mount- 
ains. 

Mulas (raras) Mules (very rare). 

Ratones Rats. 

BIRDS-MARIANAS OR LADRONES 

Las aves de las Marianas se The birds of the Marianas 
aproximan a las de las Fill- are similar to those of BIRDS 
pinas; peculiares a las islas the Philippines — some 
son: peculiar to these islands 

are: 

La acalanta The parrot-finch. 

Gansos negros con pies de Black geese with parrot 
papagays. feet. 

Pigeones verdes Green pigeons. 

La padda de la China; muy The Chinese paddy or rice 
devastador en los sembra- bird; very destructive 
dos de arroz. in the rice fields. 



180 



MARIANA ISLANDS. 



INSECTS— MARIANAS OR LADRONES. 
INSECTS 

Insectos muy raros Insects very rare. 

Algunas Aranas Some spiders. 

Mosquitos Mosquitoes. 

FISH-MARIANAS OR LADRONES. 

La fauna marina es muy nu- Marine animals are very 

merosa, pero tiene por el numerous, but the 

mayor parte nombres indi- names are mostly native 

genos. ones. 

Ballenas Whales. 

FISH AND Delfines " Dolphins. 

REPTILES El pez sierra The saw-fish. 

Tortugas (dos especies) Tortoises, two kinds. 

REPTILES— MARIANAS OR LADRONES. 

Los reptiles se representan The reptiles are repre- 

por una serpiente muy com- sented by one serpent 

un en el archipel, llamada: very common in the 

archipelago, called: 

Typhlops Bramineus Typhlops Bramineus. 

Lagartos (varios) Various lizards. 

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 

No definite information is at present obtainable 
under this heading. Being until recently a Spanish pos- 
session, Spanish weights and measures have hitherto 
been officially recognized. 

CURRENCY. 

Commercial transactions are usually carried out by 
exchange of goods. Spanish and American coins are in 
use. Formerly shells were tendered as payment for 
purchases. 

AUTHORITIES. 

Viv. de Saint Martin : "La Nouvelle Geographic Uni- 
verselle." 1892. Translated from the French. 

" Enciclopedico Hispano- Americano." 1893. Trans- 
lated from the Spanish. 
AUTHORITIES j^g, Rousse : "Dictionaire.'" Translated from the 
CONSULTED French. 

Meyer's "Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1898. Trans- 
lated from the German. 

Brockhaus' "Conversations Lexicon." 1894, 1897. 
Translated from the German. 

Hiibner's "Geographische statistische Tabellen." 1895. 
Translated from the German. 

" Encyclopaedia Britannica. ' ' Ninth edition, 

' ' Standard Dictionary. ' ' Last edition. 

" Statesman's Year Book." 1898. 

" Diccionario Serrano." Translated from the Spanish. 







ICOi-'i-k • 



S8^QSgJ8J2< 



i!^^SS§^E28? 



00^ 



cx) op? 






> rfi. i-i ?D >-'- ((i.coB 



CO 



CO 



03 00 S^* OS ti !-• : 
Xj or! 05 -<i B . 

^' o 



10 S 



.O^"^^. 



■tODi-'tOo'^'-'COX COOP i-'KliOOSOSi-'iOX 



CO 005. 
on? 



01 O >t». OS C. • 

oco-joo(t, • 






cn<5"? 

O >(^D 
on; 



B 



o: 

31; 



o 
B 



ME 



^UT 
cor 



Library of Congress 
Branch Bindery, 1902 



